Fix encoding or OpenRisk1000 PC relative relocations.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
247@c
248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
250@ifset AARCH64
251
252@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
253 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 254 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 255@end ifset
625e1353
RH
256@ifset ALPHA
257
258@emph{Target Alpha options:}
259 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
260 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 261 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
262 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
263 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
264@end ifset
252b5132 265@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
266
267@emph{Target ARC options:}
268 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
269 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
270@end ifset
271@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 274@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
275 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
276 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
277 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
278 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 279 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 280 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
281 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
282 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
283 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 284 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 285@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
286@ifset Blackfin
287
288@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
289 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
290 [@b{-mfdpic}]
291 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
292 [@b{-mnopic}]
293@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
294@ifset CRIS
295
296@emph{Target CRIS options:}
297 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
298 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
299 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 300 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
301@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
302@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
303@end ifset
252b5132 304@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
305
306@emph{Target D10V options:}
307 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target D30V options:}
312 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 313@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
314@ifset EPIPHANY
315
316@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
317 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
318@end ifset
252b5132 319@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
320
321@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
322 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset HPPA
325@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
326@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
327@ifset I80386
328
329@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 330 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 331 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
332@end ifset
333@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
334
335@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 336@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
337 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
338 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
339 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 340@end ifset
587fe2b3 341@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 342
9e32ca89
NC
343@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
344 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
345 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
346 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 347 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 348 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 349 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
350 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
351@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
352@ifset IP2K
353
354@emph{Target IP2K options:}
355 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
356@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
357@ifset M32C
358
359@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 360 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 361@end ifset
587fe2b3 362@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 363
a4fb0134
SC
364@emph{Target M32R options:}
365 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 366 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 367@end ifset
252b5132 368@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
369
370@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
371 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 372@end ifset
60bcf0fa 373@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
374
375@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 376 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
377 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
378 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 379 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
380 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
381 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
382@end ifset
383@ifset MCORE
384
385@emph{Target MCORE options:}
386 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
387 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 388@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
389@ifset METAG
390
391@emph{Target Meta options:}
392 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
393@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
394@ifset MICROBLAZE
395@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
396@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
397@end ifset
252b5132 398@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
399
400@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 401 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 402 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 403 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
405 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
406 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 408 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
409 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
410 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 412 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 415 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 416 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 417 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 418 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 419 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 420 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 421 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 422 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 423 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 424 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 425 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 426 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 427 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
428 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
429 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 430 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 431 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
432@end ifset
433@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
434
435@emph{Target MMIX options:}
436 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
437 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
438 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 439 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 440@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
441@ifset NIOSII
442
443@emph{Target Nios II options:}
444 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
445 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
446@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
447@ifset NDS32
448
449@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
450 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
451 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
453 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
456 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
457 [@b{-mb2bb}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset PDP11
460
461@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
462 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
463 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 464 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
465@end ifset
466@ifset PJ
467
468@emph{Target picoJava options:}
469 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
470@end ifset
471@ifset PPC
472
473@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
474 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
475 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
476 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 477 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 478 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
479 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
480 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
483 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 484 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 485 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 486@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
487@ifset RL78
488
489@emph{Target RL78 options:}
490 [@b{-mg10}]
491 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
492@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
493@ifset RX
494
495@emph{Target RX options:}
496 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 497 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
498 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
499 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
500 [@b{-mpid}]
501 [@b{-mrelax}]
502 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
503 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 504@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
505@ifset S390
506
507@emph{Target s390 options:}
508 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
509 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
510 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
511@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
512@ifset SCORE
513
514@emph{Target SCORE options:}
515 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
516 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
517 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
518 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
519@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
520@ifset SPARC
521
522@emph{Target SPARC options:}
523@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
524 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
525 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
526 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
527 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
528@end ifset
529@ifset TIC54X
530
531@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 532 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
533 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
534@end ifset
40b36596
JM
535@ifset TIC6X
536
537@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
538 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
539 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
540 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 541@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
542@ifset TILEGX
543
544@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 545 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
546@end ifset
547@ifset TILEPRO
548@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
549@end ifset
b6605ddd 550@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 551
b6605ddd
EB
552@emph{Target Visium options:}
553 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
554@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
555@ifset XTENSA
556
557@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
558 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
559 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
560 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
561 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 562 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 563@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
564@ifset Z80
565
566@emph{Target Z80 options:}
567 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
568 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
569 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
570 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
571 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
572 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
573 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
574@end ifset
a4fb0134 575@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 576
a4fb0134 577@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 578@end ifset
e0001a05 579
0285c67d 580@c man end
252b5132
RH
581@end smallexample
582
0285c67d
NC
583@c man begin OPTIONS
584
a4fb0134 585@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 586@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 587
83f10cb2 588@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
589Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
590
a4fb0134 591@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
592@item -ac
593omit false conditionals
594
595@item -ad
596omit debugging directives
597
83f10cb2
NC
598@item -ag
599include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
600
252b5132
RH
601@item -ah
602include high-level source
603
604@item -al
605include assembly
606
607@item -am
608include macro expansions
609
610@item -an
611omit forms processing
612
613@item -as
614include symbols
615
616@item =file
617set the name of the listing file
618@end table
619
620You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
621listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
622the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
623
caa32fe5 624@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
625Begin in alternate macro mode.
626@ifclear man
627@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
628@end ifclear
caa32fe5 629
955974c6 630@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
631Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
632ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
633linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
634given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 635
151411f8
L
636@ifset ELF
637@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
638@item --compress-debug-sections=none
639@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
640@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
641@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
642These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
643@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
644@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
645@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 646@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 647@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
648@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
649sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
650@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
651@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
652
151411f8
L
653@end ifset
654
955974c6
CC
655@item --nocompress-debug-sections
656Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
657
252b5132
RH
658@item -D
659Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
660other assemblers.
661
3d6b762c
JM
662@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
663When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
664information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
665
252b5132
RH
666@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
667Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
668@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
669indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
670value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
671use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
672
673@item -f
674``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
675compiler output).
676
329e276d
NC
677@item -g
678@itemx --gen-debug
679Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
680debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
681ECOFF or DWARF2.
682
252b5132
RH
683@item --gstabs
684Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
685may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
686
05da4302
NC
687@item --gstabs+
688Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
689extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
690debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
691may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
692the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
693
329e276d 694@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 695Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 696may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 697option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 698
b40bf0a2
NC
699@item --gdwarf-sections
700Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
701.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
702corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
703will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
704@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
705then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
706suffix.
707
21be61f5
L
708@item --size-check=error
709@itemx --size-check=warning
710Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item --help
713Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
714
ea20a7da
CC
715@item --target-help
716Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
717
252b5132
RH
718@item -I @var{dir}
719Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
720
721@item -J
722Don't warn about signed overflow.
723
724@item -K
725@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
726This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
727@end ifclear
728@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
729Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
730@end ifset
731
732@item -L
733@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
734Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
735system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
736or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
737@ifclear man
738@xref{Symbol Names}.
739@end ifclear
252b5132 740
c3a27914
NC
741@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
742Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
743listing to @var{number}.
744
745@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
746Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
747lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
748
749@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
750Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
751@var{number} bytes.
752
753@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
754Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
755to @var{number} + 1.
756
252b5132 757@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 758Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
759
760@item -R
761Fold the data section into the text section.
762
d60646b9 763@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
764Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
765@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
766assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
767memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
768requirements at the expense of speed.
769
770@item --reduce-memory-overheads
771This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
772assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
773@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
774
451133ce
NP
775@ifset ELF
776@item --sectname-subst
777Honor substitution sequences in section names.
778@ifclear man
779@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
780@end ifclear
781@end ifset
782
252b5132
RH
783@item --statistics
784Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
785assembly.
786
787@item --strip-local-absolute
788Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
789
790@item -v
791@itemx -version
a4fb0134 792Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
793
794@item --version
a4fb0134 795Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
796
797@item -W
2bdd6cf5 798@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
799Suppress warning messages.
800
2bdd6cf5
GK
801@item --fatal-warnings
802Treat warnings as errors.
803
804@item --warn
805Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
806
252b5132
RH
807@item -w
808Ignored.
809
810@item -x
811Ignored.
812
813@item -Z
814Generate an object file even after errors.
815
816@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
817Standard input, or source files to assemble.
818
819@end table
2a633939
JM
820@c man end
821
a06ea964
NC
822@ifset AARCH64
823
824@ifclear man
825@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
826for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
827@end ifclear
828
829@ifset man
830@c man begin OPTIONS
831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
83264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
833@c man end
834@c man begin INCLUDE
835@include c-aarch64.texi
836@c ended inside the included file
837@end ifset
838
839@end ifset
840
2a633939
JM
841@ifset ALPHA
842
843@ifclear man
844@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
845for an Alpha processor.
846@end ifclear
847
848@ifset man
849@c man begin OPTIONS
850The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
851processor.
852@c man end
853@c man begin INCLUDE
854@include c-alpha.texi
855@c ended inside the included file
856@end ifset
857
858@end ifset
252b5132 859
2a633939 860@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
861@ifset ARC
862The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
863an ARC processor.
864
a4fb0134 865@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
866@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
867This option selects the core processor variant.
868@item -EB | -EL
869Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
870@end table
871@end ifset
872
873@ifset ARM
874The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
875processor family.
876
a4fb0134 877@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 878@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 879Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 880@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 881Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 882@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 883Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
884@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
885Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
886@item -mthumb
887Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 888@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
889Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
890@item -EB | -EL
891Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
892@item -mthumb-interwork
893Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
894ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
895@item -mccs
896Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
897@item -k
898Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
899@end table
900@end ifset
635fb38d 901@c man end
252b5132 902
9982501a 903@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
904
905@ifclear man
906@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
907configured for the Blackfin processor family.
908@end ifclear
909
910@ifset man
911@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
913the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
914@c man end
915@c man begin INCLUDE
916@include c-bfin.texi
917@c ended inside the included file
918@end ifset
9982501a 919
9982501a
JZ
920@end ifset
921
635fb38d 922@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
923@ifset CRIS
924See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
925@end ifset
926
252b5132
RH
927@ifset D10V
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
929a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 930@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
931@cindex D10V optimization
932@cindex optimization, D10V
933@item -O
934Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
935@end table
936@end ifset
937
938@ifset D30V
939The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
940processor.
a4fb0134 941@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
942@cindex D30V optimization
943@cindex optimization, D30V
944@item -O
945Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
946
947@cindex D30V nops
948@item -n
949Warn when nops are generated.
950
951@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
952@item -N
953Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
954@end table
955@end ifset
731caf76
L
956@c man end
957
cfb8c092
NC
958@ifset EPIPHANY
959The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
960Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
961
56b13185
JR
962@ifclear man
963@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
964configured for an Epiphany processor.
965@end ifclear
cfb8c092 966
56b13185
JR
967@ifset man
968@c man begin OPTIONS
969The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
970an Epiphany processor.
971@c man end
972@c man begin INCLUDE
973@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
974@c ended inside the included file
975@end ifset
976
977@end ifset
978
979@ifset H8300
980
981@ifclear man
982@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
983for an H8/300 processor.
984@end ifclear
985
986@ifset man
987@c man begin OPTIONS
988The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
989processor.
990@c man end
991@c man begin INCLUDE
992@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
993@c ended inside the included file
994@end ifset
cfb8c092 995
cfb8c092
NC
996@end ifset
997
731caf76 998@ifset I80386
252b5132 999
731caf76
L
1000@ifclear man
1001@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1002configured for an i386 processor.
1003@end ifclear
1004
1005@ifset man
1006@c man begin OPTIONS
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1008an i386 processor.
1009@c man end
1010@c man begin INCLUDE
1011@include c-i386.texi
1012@c ended inside the included file
1013@end ifset
1014
1015@end ifset
1016
1017@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1018@ifset I960
1019The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1020Intel 80960 processor.
1021
a4fb0134 1022@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1023@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1024Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1025
1026@item -b
1027Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1028
1029@item -no-relax
1030Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1031error if necessary.
1032
1033@end table
1034@end ifset
1035
a40cbfa3
NC
1036@ifset IP2K
1037The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1038Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1039
1040@table @gcctabopt
1041
1042@item -mip2022ext
1043Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1044
1045@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1046Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1047just the basic IP2022 ones.
1048
1049@end table
1050@end ifset
1051
49f58d10
JB
1052@ifset M32C
1053The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1054Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1055
1056@table @gcctabopt
1057
1058@item -m32c
1059Assemble M32C instructions.
1060
1061@item -m16c
1062Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1063
c54b5932
DD
1064@item -relax
1065Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1066
1067@item -h-tick-hex
1068Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1069
49f58d10
JB
1070@end table
1071@end ifset
1072
ec694b89
NC
1073@ifset M32R
1074The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1075Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1076
a4fb0134 1077@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1078
1079@item --m32rx
1080Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1081is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1082
1083@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1084Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1085encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1086
1087@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1088Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1089encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1090
1091@end table
1092@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1093
1094@ifset M680X0
1095The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1096Motorola 68000 series.
1097
a4fb0134 1098@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1099
1100@item -l
1101Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1102
0285c67d
NC
1103@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1104@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1105@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1106Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1107is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1108
1109@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1110The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1111The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1112the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1113two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1114coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1115
1116@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1117The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1118unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1119
1120@end table
1121@end ifset
1122
36591ba1
SL
1123@ifset NIOSII
1124
1125@ifclear man
1126@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1127for an Altera Nios II processor.
1128@end ifclear
1129
1130@ifset man
1131@c man begin OPTIONS
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1133Altera Nios II processor.
1134@c man end
1135@c man begin INCLUDE
1136@include c-nios2.texi
1137@c ended inside the included file
1138@end ifset
1139@end ifset
1140
e135f41b
NC
1141@ifset PDP11
1142
1143For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1144see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1145
a4fb0134 1146@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1147@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1148Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1149default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1150
1151@item -mall
1152@itemx -mall-extensions
1153Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1154
1155@item -mno-extensions
1156Disable all instruction set extensions.
1157
1158@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1159Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1160
1161@item -m@var{cpu}
1162Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1163disable all other extensions.
1164
1165@item -m@var{machine}
1166Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1167model, and disable all other extensions.
1168@end table
1169
1170@end ifset
1171
041dd5a9
ILT
1172@ifset PJ
1173The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1174a picoJava processor.
1175
a4fb0134 1176@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1177
1178@cindex PJ endianness
1179@cindex endianness, PJ
1180@cindex big endian output, PJ
1181@item -mb
1182Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1183
1184@cindex little endian output, PJ
1185@item -ml
1186Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1187
1188@end table
1189@end ifset
1190
60bcf0fa
NC
1191@ifset M68HC11
1192The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1193Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1194
a4fb0134 1195@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1196
6927f982 1197@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1198Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1199defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1200
6927f982
NC
1201@item --xgate-ramoffset
1202Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1203XGATE address space.
1204
2f904664
SC
1205@item -mshort
1206Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1207
1208@item -mlong
01642c12 1209Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1210
1211@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1212Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1213
1214@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1215Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1216
1370e33d 1217@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1218Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1219conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1220sub routine.
1221
1370e33d
NC
1222@item -S | --short-branches
1223Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1224when the offset is out of range.
1225
1226@item --strict-direct-mode
1227Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1228when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1229
1230@item --print-insn-syntax
1231Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1232
1233@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1234Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1235
1236@item --generate-example
6927f982 1237Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1238This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1239
1240@end table
1241@end ifset
1242
252b5132 1243@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1244The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1245for the SPARC architecture:
1246
a4fb0134 1247@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1248@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1249@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1250Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1251
1252@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1253@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1254
1255@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1256UltraSPARC extensions.
1257
1258@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1259For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1260equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1261
1262@item -bump
1263Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1264@end table
1265@end ifset
1266
39bec121
TW
1267@ifset TIC54X
1268The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1269architecture.
39bec121 1270
a4fb0134 1271@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1272@item -mfar-mode
1273Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1274extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1275@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1276Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1277@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1278Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1279behaviour in the shell.
1280@end table
1281@end ifset
1282
252b5132
RH
1283@ifset MIPS
1284The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1285a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1286
a4fb0134 1287@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1288@item -G @var{num}
1289This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1290implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1291use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1292
1293@cindex MIPS endianness
1294@cindex endianness, MIPS
1295@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1296@item -EB
1297Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1298
1299@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1300@item -EL
1301Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1302
1303@cindex MIPS ISA
1304@item -mips1
1305@itemx -mips2
1306@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1307@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1308@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1309@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1310@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1311@itemx -mips32r3
1312@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1313@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1314@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1315@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1316@itemx -mips64r3
1317@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1318@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1319Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1320@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1321alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1322@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1323@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1324@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1325@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1326MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1327Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1328MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1329
98508b2a
RS
1330@item -march=@var{cpu}
1331Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1332
1333@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1334Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1335
1336@item -mfix7000
1337@itemx -mno-fix7000
1338Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1339of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1340
a8d14a88
CM
1341@item -mfix-rm7000
1342@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1343Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1344followed by a load instruction.
1345
ecb4347a
DJ
1346@item -mdebug
1347@itemx -no-mdebug
1348Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1349section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1350
dcd410fe
RO
1351@item -mpdr
1352@itemx -mno-pdr
1353Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1354
437ee9d5
TS
1355@item -mgp32
1356@itemx -mfp32
1357The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1358flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1359all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1360and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1361
351cdf24
MF
1362@item -mgp64
1363@itemx -mfp64
1364The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1365flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1366all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1367and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1368
1369@item -mfpxx
1370The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1371this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1372which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
137332 or 64 bits wide.
1374
1375@item -modd-spreg
1376@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1377Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1378registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1379@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1380
437ee9d5
TS
1381@item -mips16
1382@itemx -no-mips16
1383Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1384@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1385turns off this option.
252b5132 1386
df58fc94
RS
1387@item -mmicromips
1388@itemx -mno-micromips
1389Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1390@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1391turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1392at the start of the assembly file.
1393
e16bfa71
TS
1394@item -msmartmips
1395@itemx -mno-smartmips
1396Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1397equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1398@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1399
1f25f5d3
CD
1400@item -mips3d
1401@itemx -no-mips3d
1402Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1403This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1404@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1405
deec1734
CD
1406@item -mdmx
1407@itemx -no-mdmx
1408Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1409This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1410@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1411
2ef2b9ae
CF
1412@item -mdsp
1413@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1414Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1415This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1416@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1417
8b082fb1
TS
1418@item -mdspr2
1419@itemx -mno-dspr2
1420Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1421This option implies -mdsp.
1422This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1423@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1424
56d438b1
CF
1425@item -mmsa
1426@itemx -mno-msa
1427Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1428This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1429@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1430
7d64c587
AB
1431@item -mxpa
1432@itemx -mno-xpa
1433Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1434This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1435@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1436
ef2e4d86
CF
1437@item -mmt
1438@itemx -mno-mt
1439Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1440This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1441@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1442
dec0624d
MR
1443@item -mmcu
1444@itemx -mno-mcu
1445Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1446This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1447@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1448
833794fc
MR
1449@item -minsn32
1450@itemx -mno-insn32
1451Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1452microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1453instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1454the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1455option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1456start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1457selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1458
437ee9d5
TS
1459@item --construct-floats
1460@itemx --no-construct-floats
1461The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1462double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1463value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1464the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1465selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1466
3bf0dbfb
MR
1467@item --relax-branch
1468@itemx --no-relax-branch
1469The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1470branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1471out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1472
ba92f887
MR
1473@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1474Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1475(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1476
252b5132
RH
1477@cindex emulation
1478@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1479This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1480on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1481removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1482It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1483
1484The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1485@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1486is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1487big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1488preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1489
1490@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1491@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1492the native tools.
1493
252b5132
RH
1494@item --trap
1495@itemx --no-trap
1496@itemx --break
1497@itemx --no-break
1498Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1499@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1500(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1501@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1502break exception.
63486801
L
1503
1504@item -n
a4fb0134 1505When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1506time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1507@end table
1508@end ifset
1509
1510@ifset MCORE
1511The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1512an MCore processor.
1513
a4fb0134 1514@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1515@item -jsri2bsr
1516@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1517Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1518The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1519
1520@item -sifilter
1521@itemx -nosifilter
1522Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1523The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1524
1525@item -relax
1526Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1527
ec694b89
NC
1528@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1529Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1530can be assembled.
1531
1532@item -EB
1533Assemble for a big endian target.
1534
1535@item -EL
1536Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1537
1538@end table
1539@end ifset
a3c62988 1540@c man end
252b5132 1541
a3c62988
NC
1542@ifset METAG
1543
1544@ifclear man
1545@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1546for a Meta processor.
1547@end ifclear
1548
1549@ifset man
1550@c man begin OPTIONS
1551The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1552Meta processor.
1553@c man end
1554@c man begin INCLUDE
1555@include c-metag.texi
1556@c ended inside the included file
1557@end ifset
1558
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1562@ifset MMIX
1563See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1564@end ifset
1565
35c08157
KLC
1566@ifset NDS32
1567
1568@ifclear man
1569@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1570for a NDS32 processor.
1571@end ifclear
1572@c ended inside the included file
1573@end ifset
1574
1575@ifset man
1576@c man begin OPTIONS
1577The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1578NDS32 processor.
1579@c man end
1580@c man begin INCLUDE
1581@include c-nds32.texi
1582@c ended inside the included file
1583@end ifset
1584
635fb38d 1585@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1586@ifset PPC
1587
1588@ifclear man
1589@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1590for a PowerPC processor.
1591@end ifclear
1592
1593@ifset man
1594@c man begin OPTIONS
1595The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1596PowerPC processor.
1597@c man end
1598@c man begin INCLUDE
1599@include c-ppc.texi
1600@c ended inside the included file
1601@end ifset
1602
1603@end ifset
1604
635fb38d 1605@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1606@ifset RX
1607See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1608@end ifset
1609
11c19e16
MS
1610@ifset S390
1611The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1612processor family.
1613
1614@table @gcctabopt
1615@item -m31
1616@itemx -m64
1617Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1618@item -mesa
1619@item -mzarch
1620Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1621Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1622@item -march=@var{processor}
1623Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1624@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1625@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1626@item -mregnames
1627@itemx -mno-regnames
1628Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1629@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1630Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1631but evaluates to zero.
1632@end table
1633@end ifset
2a633939 1634@c man end
11c19e16 1635
40b36596 1636@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1637
1638@ifclear man
1639@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1640for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1641@end ifclear
1642
1643@ifset man
1644@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1645The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1646TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1647@c man end
1648@c man begin INCLUDE
1649@include c-tic6x.texi
1650@c ended inside the included file
1651@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1652
1653@end ifset
1654
aa137e4d
NC
1655@ifset TILEGX
1656
1657@ifclear man
1658@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1659for a TILE-Gx processor.
1660@end ifclear
1661
1662@ifset man
1663@c man begin OPTIONS
1664The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1665processor.
1666@c man end
1667@c man begin INCLUDE
1668@include c-tilegx.texi
1669@c ended inside the included file
1670@end ifset
1671
1672@end ifset
1673
b6605ddd
EB
1674@ifset VISIUM
1675
1676@ifclear man
1677@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1678for a Visium processor.
1679@end ifclear
1680
1681@ifset man
1682@c man begin OPTIONS
1683The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1684processor.
1685@c man end
1686@c man begin INCLUDE
1687@include c-visium.texi
1688@c ended inside the included file
1689@end ifset
1690
1691@end ifset
1692
e0001a05 1693@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1694
2d8b84ae
SA
1695@ifclear man
1696@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1697for an Xtensa processor.
1698@end ifclear
1699
1700@ifset man
1701@c man begin OPTIONS
1702The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1703Xtensa processor.
1704@c man end
1705@c man begin INCLUDE
1706@include c-xtensa.texi
1707@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1708@end ifset
1709
2d8b84ae
SA
1710@end ifset
1711
1712@c man begin OPTIONS
1713
3c9b82ba
NC
1714@ifset Z80
1715The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1716a Z80 family processor.
1717@table @gcctabopt
1718@item -z80
1719Assemble for Z80 processor.
1720@item -r800
1721Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1722@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1723@itemx -Wnud
1724Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1725@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1726@itemx -Wnup
1727Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1728@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1729@itemx -Wud
1730Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1731@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1732@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1733Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1734@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1735@itemx -Fud
1736Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1737@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1738@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1739Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1740@end table
1741@end ifset
1742
0285c67d
NC
1743@c man end
1744
252b5132
RH
1745@menu
1746* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1747* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1748* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1749* Command Line:: Command Line
1750* Input Files:: Input Files
1751* Object:: Output (Object) File
1752* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1753@end menu
1754
1755@node Manual
1756@section Structure of this Manual
1757
1758@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1759This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1760@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1761notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1762@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1763
1764@ifclear GENERIC
1765We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1766configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1767@end ifclear
1768@ifset GENERIC
1769This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1770various flavors of the assembler.
1771@end ifset
1772
1773@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1774On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1775to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1776In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1777architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1778mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1779particular architecture.
1780@ifset GENERIC
1781You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1782machine architecture manual for this information.
1783@end ifset
1784@ifclear GENERIC
1785@ifset H8/300
1786For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1787Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1788Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1789@end ifset
252b5132 1790@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1791For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1792see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1793@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1794@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1795@end ifset
1796@ifset Z8000
1797For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1798@end ifset
1799@end ifclear
1800
1801@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1802@ignore
1803Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1804the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1805Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1806computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1807once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1808qualification.
1809
a4fb0134 1810@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1811human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1812computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1813@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1814@end ignore
1815
1816@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1817@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1818@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1819@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1820@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1821@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1822@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1823@c directives).
1824
1825@node GNU Assembler
1826@section The GNU Assembler
1827
0285c67d
NC
1828@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1829
a4fb0134 1830@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1831@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1832This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1833configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1834@end ifclear
1835If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1836should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1837architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1838including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1839@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1840
1841@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1842@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1843@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1844@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1845assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1846machine would assemble.
1847@ifset VAX
1848Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1849@end ifset
1850@ifset M680X0
1851@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1852@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1853This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1854assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1855incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1856@end ifset
1857
0285c67d
NC
1858@c man end
1859
a4fb0134 1860Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1861program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1862@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1863
1864@node Object Formats
1865@section Object File Formats
1866
1867@cindex object file format
1868The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1869object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1870write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1871are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1872Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1873@ifclear GENERIC
1874@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1875For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1876@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1877@end ifclear
1878@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1879@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1880On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1881@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1882@end ifset
1883@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1884On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1885SOM or ELF format object files.
1886@end ifset
1887@end ifclear
1888
1889@node Command Line
1890@section Command Line
1891
1892@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1893
a4fb0134 1894After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1895options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1896before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1897significant.
1898
1899@cindex standard input, as input file
1900@kindex --
1901@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1902explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1903
1904@cindex options, command line
1905Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1906hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1907@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1908option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1909the letter is important. All options are optional.
1910
1911Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1912name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1913with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1914standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1915
1916@smallexample
1917@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1918@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1919@end smallexample
1920
1921@node Input Files
1922@section Input Files
1923
1924@cindex input
1925@cindex source program
1926@cindex files, input
1927We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1928describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1929be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1930doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1931
1932@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1933@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1934The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1935order specified.
1936
0285c67d 1937@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1938Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1939program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1940(The standard input is also a file.)
1941
a4fb0134 1942You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1943names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1944command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1945is taken to be an input file name.
1946
a4fb0134
SC
1947If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1948from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1949may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1950to assemble.
1951
1952Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1953in your command line.
1954
a4fb0134 1955If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1956file.
1957
0285c67d
NC
1958@c man end
1959
252b5132
RH
1960@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1961
1962@cindex input file linenumbers
1963@cindex line numbers, in input files
1964There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1965either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1966number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1967``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1968
1969@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1970to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1971
1972@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1973directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1974error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1975is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1976@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1977@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1978
1979@node Object
1980@section Output (Object) File
1981
1982@cindex object file
1983@cindex output file
1984@kindex a.out
1985@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1986Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1987your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1988is the object file. Its default name is
1989@ifclear BOUT
1990@code{a.out}.
1991@end ifclear
1992@ifset BOUT
1993@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1994@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1995@end ifset
a4fb0134 1996@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1997@end ifset
a4fb0134 1998You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1999object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2000reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2001directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2002possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2003
2004@cindex linker
2005@kindex ld
2006The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2007assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2008the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2009information for the debugger.
2010
2011@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2012@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2013
2014@node Errors
2015@section Error and Warning Messages
2016
0285c67d
NC
2017@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2018
a349d9dd 2019@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2020@cindex warning messages
2021@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2022@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2023file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2024runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2025that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2026grave problem that stops the assembly.
2027
0285c67d
NC
2028@c man end
2029
252b5132
RH
2030@cindex format of warning messages
2031Warning messages have the format
2032
2033@smallexample
2034file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2035@end smallexample
2036
2037@noindent
2038@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2039(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2040(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2041the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2042@ifset GENERIC
2043(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2044@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2045then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2046otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2047message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2048tradition).
2049
2050@cindex format of error messages
2051Error messages have the format
2052@smallexample
2053file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2054@end smallexample
2055The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2056messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2057because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2058
2059@node Invoking
2060@chapter Command-Line Options
2061
2062@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2063This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2064versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2065for options specific
252b5132 2066@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2067to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2068@end ifclear
2069@ifset GENERIC
2070to particular machine architectures.
2071@end ifset
2072
0285c67d
NC
2073@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2074
c1253627 2075If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2076you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2077The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2078by commas. For example:
2079
2080@smallexample
2081gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2082@end smallexample
2083
2084@noindent
2085This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2086standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2087local symbols in the symbol table).
2088
2089Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2090command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2091(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2092precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2093assembler.)
2094
0285c67d
NC
2095@c man end
2096
252b5132 2097@menu
83f10cb2 2098* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2099* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2100* D:: -D for compatibility
2101* f:: -f to work faster
2102* I:: -I for .include search path
2103@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2104* K:: -K for compatibility
2105@end ifclear
2106@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2107* K:: -K for difference tables
2108@end ifset
2109
ba83aca1 2110* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2111* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2112* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2113* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2114* o:: -o to name the object file
2115* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2116* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2117* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2118* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2119* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2120* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2121@end menu
2122
2123@node a
83f10cb2 2124@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2125
2126@kindex -a
2127@kindex -ac
2128@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2129@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2130@kindex -ah
2131@kindex -al
2132@kindex -an
2133@kindex -as
2134@cindex listings, enabling
2135@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2136
2137These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2138@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2139You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2140@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2141@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2142@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2143High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2144@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2145also.
2146
83f10cb2
NC
2147Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2148information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2149
252b5132
RH
2150Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2151which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2152other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2153omitted from the listing.
2154
2155Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2156listing.
2157
2158Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2159listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2160@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2161@code{.sbttl}.
2162The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2163If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2164listing-control directives have no effect.
2165
2166The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2167@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2168
96e9638b
BW
2169Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2170because it
c3a27914
NC
2171is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2172is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2173directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2174stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2175memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2176
caa32fe5
NC
2177@node alternate
2178@section @option{--alternate}
2179
2180@kindex --alternate
2181Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2182
252b5132 2183@node D
a4fb0134 2184@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2185
2186@kindex -D
2187This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2188likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2189@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2190
2191@node f
a4fb0134 2192@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2193
2194@kindex -f
2195@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2196@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2197@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2198(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2199and comment preprocessing on
2200the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2201,Preprocessing}.
2202
2203@quotation
2204@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2205preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2206not work correctly.
2207@end quotation
2208
2209@node I
c1253627 2210@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2211
2212@kindex -I @var{path}
2213@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2214@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2215@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2216Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2217@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2218directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2219many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2220working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2221searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2222specified (left to right) on the command line.
2223
2224@node K
a4fb0134 2225@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2226
2227@kindex -K
2228@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2229On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2230permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2231where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2232generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2233family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2234alteration on other platforms.
2235@end ifclear
2236
2237@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2238@cindex difference tables, warning
2239@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2240@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2241form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2242You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2243is done.
2244@end ifset
2245
2246@node L
ba83aca1 2247@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2248
2249@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2250@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2251Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2252@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2253called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2254such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2255programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2256notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2257such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2258
2259This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2260in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2261@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2262
c3a27914 2263@node listing
a4fb0134 2264@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2265
2266The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2267@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2268hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2269them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2270directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2271@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2272@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2273@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2274
a4fb0134 2275@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2276@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2277@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2278@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2279Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2280dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2281
2282@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2283@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2284@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2285Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2286a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2287the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2288switch is used the default is to one.
2289
2290@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2291@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2292@cindex Width of source line output
2293Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2294alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2295source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2296
2297@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2298@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2299@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2300Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2301displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2302@end table
2303
252b5132 2304@node M
a4fb0134 2305@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2306
2307@kindex -M
2308@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2309The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2310changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2311compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2312configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2313MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2314information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2315arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2316assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2317
2318The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2319depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2320file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2321individually. These are:
2322
2323@itemize @bullet
2324@item global symbols in common section
2325
2326The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2327Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2328common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2329symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2330symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2331
2332@item complex relocations
2333
2334The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2335relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2336are not support by other object file formats.
2337
2338@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2339
2340The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2341This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2342instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2343script.
2344
2345@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2346
2347The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2348name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2349
2350@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2351
2352The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2353address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2354which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2355not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2356assigned within a linker script.
2357@end itemize
2358
2359There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2360@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2361seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2362
2363@itemize @bullet
2364
2365@item EBCDIC strings
2366
2367EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2368
2369@item packed binary coded decimal
2370
2371Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2372and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2373
2374@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2375
2376The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2377
2378@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2379
2380The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2381
2382@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2383
2384The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2385@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2386relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2387these options serve no purpose.
2388
2389@item @code{OPT} list control options
2390
2391The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2392@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2393@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2394
2395@item other @code{OPT} options
2396
2397The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2398@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2399
2400@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2401
2402The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2403@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2404
2405@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2406
2407The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2408
2409@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2410
2411The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2412
2413@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2414
2415The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2416
2417@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2418
2419The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2420
2421@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2422
2423The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2424
2425@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2426
2427The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2428
2429@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2430
2431The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2432
2433@end itemize
2434
2435@node MD
c1253627 2436@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2437
2438@kindex --MD
2439@cindex dependency tracking
2440@cindex make rules
2441
a4fb0134 2442@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2443file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2444dependencies of the main source file.
2445
2446The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2447
2448This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2449
2450@node o
a4fb0134 2451@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2452
2453@kindex -o
2454@cindex naming object file
2455@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2456There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2457default it has the name
2458@ifset GENERIC
2459@ifset I960
2460@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2461@end ifset
2462@ifclear I960
2463@file{a.out}.
2464@end ifclear
2465@end ifset
2466@ifclear GENERIC
2467@ifset I960
2468@file{b.out}.
2469@end ifset
2470@ifclear I960
2471@file{a.out}.
2472@end ifclear
2473@end ifclear
2474You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2475object file a different name.
2476
a4fb0134 2477Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2478existing file of the same name.
2479
2480@node R
a4fb0134 2481@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2482
2483@kindex -R
2484@cindex data and text sections, joining
2485@cindex text and data sections, joining
2486@cindex joining text and data sections
2487@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2488@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2489data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2490the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2491section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2492your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2493appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2494
a4fb0134 2495When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2496address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2497data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2498older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2499
c1253627
NC
2500@ifset COFF-ELF
2501When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2502this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2503@samp{.data}.
2504@end ifset
2505
2506@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2507@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2508@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2509@end ifset
2510
2511@node statistics
a4fb0134 2512@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2513
2514@kindex --statistics
2515@cindex statistics, about assembly
2516@cindex time, total for assembly
2517@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2518Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2519@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2520(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2521seconds).
2522
2523@node traditional-format
c1253627 2524@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2525
2526@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2527For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2528from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2529@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2530
2531For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2532@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2533
2534@node v
a4fb0134 2535@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2536
2537@kindex -v
2538@kindex -version
2539@cindex assembler version
2540@cindex version of assembler
2541You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2542option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2543command line.
2544
2545@node W
a4fb0134 2546@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2547
a4fb0134 2548@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2549assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2550cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2551made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2552
c1253627
NC
2553@kindex -W
2554@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2555@cindex suppressing warnings
2556@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2557If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2558This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2559how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2560are still reported.
2561
c1253627 2562@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2563@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2564@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2565If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2566files that generate warnings to be in error.
2567
c1253627 2568@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2569@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2570You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2571causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2572
2573@node Z
a4fb0134 2574@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2575@cindex object file, after errors
2576@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2577After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2578some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2579@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2580option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2581writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2582errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2583
2584@node Syntax
2585@chapter Syntax
2586
2587@cindex machine-independent syntax
2588@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2589This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2590source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2591assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2592@ifclear VAX
2593assembler.
2594@end ifclear
2595@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2596assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2597@end ifset
2598
2599@menu
7c31ae13 2600* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2601* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2602* Comments:: Comments
2603* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2604* Statements:: Statements
2605* Constants:: Constants
2606@end menu
2607
2608@node Preprocessing
2609@section Preprocessing
2610
2611@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2612The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2613@itemize @bullet
2614@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2615@item
2616adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2617the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2618a single space.
2619
2620@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2621@item
2622removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2623appropriate number of newlines.
2624
2625@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2626@item
2627converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2628@end itemize
2629
2630It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2631anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2632do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2633(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2634to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2635@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2636Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2637
2638Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2639cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2640preprocessed.
2641
2642@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2643@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2644@kindex #NO_APP
2645@kindex #APP
2646If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2647@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2648Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2649specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2650text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2651@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2652@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2653and whitespace.
2654
2655@node Whitespace
2656@section Whitespace
2657
2658@cindex whitespace
2659@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2660Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2661people to read. Unless within character constants
2662(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2663as exactly one space.
2664
2665@node Comments
2666@section Comments
2667
2668@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2669There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2670cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2671
2672Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2673This means you may not nest these comments.
2674
2675@smallexample
2676/*
2677 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2678 is to use this sort of comment.
2679*/
2680
2681/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2682@end smallexample
2683
2684@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2685Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2686considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2687specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2688line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2689line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2690comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2691upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2692@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2693
2694If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2695special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2696to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2697
2698@kindex #
2699@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2700@cindex logical line numbers
2701To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2702special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2703expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2704line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2705new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2706
2707If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2708the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2709
2710@smallexample
2711 # This is an ordinary comment.
2712# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2713 # This is logical line # 36.
2714@end smallexample
2715This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2716of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2717
2718@node Symbol Intro
2719@section Symbols
2720
2721@cindex characters used in symbols
2722@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2723A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2724letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2725@samp{_.$}.
2726@end ifclear
2727@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2728@ifclear GENERIC
2729@ifset H8
2730A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2731letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2732@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2733symbol names.)
2734@end ifset
2735@end ifclear
2736@end ifset
2737@ifset GENERIC
2738On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2739are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2740@end ifset
2741No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2742There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2743are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2744beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2745of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2746@cindex length of symbols
2747
2748@node Statements
2749@section Statements
2750
2751@cindex statements, structure of
2752@cindex line separator character
2753@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2754
2755A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2756@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2757specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2758target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2759The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2760preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2761exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2762
2763@cindex newline, required at file end
2764@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2765It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2766character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2767
2768An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2769
2770@cindex instructions and directives
2771@cindex directives and instructions
2772@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2773@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2774@c 13feb91.
2775A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2776key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2777symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2778symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2779directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2780a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2781assembles into a machine language instruction.
2782@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2783Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2784recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2785represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2786language.@refill
2787@end ifset
2788
2789@cindex @code{:} (label)
2790@cindex label (@code{:})
2791A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2792Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2793have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2794
2795@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2796For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2797the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2798only one label may be defined on each line.
2799@end ifset
2800
2801@smallexample
2802label: .directive followed by something
2803another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2804 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2805@end smallexample
2806
2807@node Constants
2808@section Constants
2809
2810@cindex constants
2811A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2812inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2813@smallexample
2814@group
2815.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2816.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2817.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2818.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
281995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2820@end group
2821@end smallexample
2822
2823@menu
2824* Characters:: Character Constants
2825* Numbers:: Number Constants
2826@end menu
2827
2828@node Characters
2829@subsection Character Constants
2830
2831@cindex character constants
2832@cindex constants, character
2833There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2834for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2835numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2836@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2837used in arithmetic expressions.
2838
2839@menu
2840* Strings:: Strings
2841* Chars:: Characters
2842@end menu
2843
2844@node Strings
2845@subsubsection Strings
2846
2847@cindex string constants
2848@cindex constants, string
2849A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2850double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2851into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2852a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2853one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2854@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2855(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2856escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2857
2858@cindex escape codes, character
2859@cindex character escape codes
2860@table @kbd
2861@c @item \a
2862@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2863@c
2864@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2865@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2866@item \b
2867Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2868
2869@c @item \e
2870@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2871@c
2872@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2873@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2874@item \f
2875Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2876
2877@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2878@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2879@item \n
2880Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2881
2882@c @item \p
2883@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2884@c
2885@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2886@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2887@item \r
2888Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2889
2890@c @item \s
2891@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2892@c other assemblers.
2893@c
2894@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2895@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2896@item \t
2897Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2898
2899@c @item \v
2900@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2901@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2902@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2903@c
2904@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2905@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2906@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2907An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2908For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2909for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2910
2911@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2912@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2913@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2914A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2915lower case @code{x} works.
2916
2917@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2918@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2919@item \\
2920Represents one @samp{\} character.
2921
2922@c @item \'
2923@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2924@c This is needed in single character literals
2925@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2926@c a @samp{'}.
2927@c
2928@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2929@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2930@item \"
2931Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2932this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2933
2934@item \ @var{anything-else}
2935Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2936assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2937you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2938interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2939other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2940code and warns you of the fact.
2941@end table
2942
2943Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2944varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2945the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2946compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2947sequence.
2948
2949@node Chars
2950@subsubsection Characters
2951
2952@cindex single character constant
2953@cindex character, single
2954@cindex constant, single character
2955A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2956followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2957to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2958must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2959@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2960grave accent. A newline
2961@ifclear GENERIC
2962@ifclear abnormal-separator
2963(or semicolon @samp{;})
2964@end ifclear
2965@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2966@ifset H8
2967(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2968Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2969@end ifset
2970@end ifset
2971@end ifclear
2972immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2973and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2974constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2975that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2976@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2977
2978@node Numbers
2979@subsection Number Constants
2980
2981@cindex constants, number
2982@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2983@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2984are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2985would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2986integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2987are floating point numbers, described below.
2988
2989@menu
2990* Integers:: Integers
2991* Bignums:: Bignums
2992* Flonums:: Flonums
2993@ifclear GENERIC
2994@ifset I960
2995* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2996@end ifset
2997@end ifclear
2998@end menu
2999
3000@node Integers
3001@subsubsection Integers
3002@cindex integers
3003@cindex constants, integer
3004
3005@cindex binary integers
3006@cindex integers, binary
3007A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3008the binary digits @samp{01}.
3009
3010@cindex octal integers
3011@cindex integers, octal
3012An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3013digits (@samp{01234567}).
3014
3015@cindex decimal integers
3016@cindex integers, decimal
3017A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3018more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3019
3020@cindex hexadecimal integers
3021@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3022A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3023more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3024
3025Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3026the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3027(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3028
3029@node Bignums
3030@subsubsection Bignums
3031
3032@cindex bignums
3033@cindex constants, bignum
3034A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3035except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3036represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3037integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3038
3039@node Flonums
3040@subsubsection Flonums
3041@cindex flonums
3042@cindex floating point numbers
3043@cindex constants, floating point
3044
3045@cindex precision, floating point
3046A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3047indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3048@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3049sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3050to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3051portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3052
3053A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3054@itemize @bullet
3055@item
3056The digit @samp{0}.
3057@ifset HPPA
3058(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3059@end ifset
3060
3061@item
a4fb0134 3062A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3063@ifset GENERIC
3064@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3065@ignore
3066@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3067(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30684.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3069@end ignore
3070
7be1c489 3071On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3072and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3073one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3074
3075On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3076(in upper or lower case).
3077
3078On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3079one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3080
3081On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3082@end ifset
3083@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3084@ifset ARC
3085One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3086@end ifset
3087@ifset H8
3088One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3089@end ifset
3090@ifset HPPA
3091The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3092@end ifset
3093@ifset I960
3094One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3095@end ifset
3096@end ifclear
3097
3098@item
3099An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3100
3101@item
3102An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3103
3104@item
3105An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3106or more decimal digits.
3107
3108@item
3109An optional exponent, consisting of:
3110
3111@itemize @bullet
3112@item
3113An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3114@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3115@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3116@item
3117Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3118@item
3119One or more decimal digits.
3120@end itemize
3121
3122@end itemize
3123
3124At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3125present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3126
a4fb0134 3127@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3128independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3129@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3130
3131@ifclear GENERIC
3132@ifset I960
3133@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3134@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3135@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3136@node Bit Fields
3137@subsubsection Bit Fields
3138
3139@cindex bit fields
3140@cindex constants, bit field
3141You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3142Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3143@example
3144@var{mask}:@var{value}
3145@end example
3146@noindent
a4fb0134 3147@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3148@var{value}.
3149
3150The resulting number is then packed
3151@ifset GENERIC
3152@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3153(in host-dependent byte order)
3154@end ifset
3155into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3156bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3157requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3158more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3159least significant digits.@refill
3160
3161The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3162@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3163@end ifset
3164@end ifclear
3165
3166@node Sections
3167@chapter Sections and Relocation
3168@cindex sections
3169@cindex relocation
3170
3171@menu
3172* Secs Background:: Background
3173* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3174* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3175* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3176* bss:: bss Section
3177@end menu
3178
3179@node Secs Background
3180@section Background
3181
3182Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3183``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3184For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3185
3186@cindex linker, and assembler
3187@cindex assembler, and linker
3188The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3189combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3190emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3191@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3192different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3193oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3194sections.
3195
3196@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3197addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3198units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3199within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3200run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3201the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3202the proper run-time addresses.
3203@ifset H8
7be1c489 3204For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3205@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3206ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3207@end ifset
3208
3209@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3210An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3211of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3212@dfn{bss} sections.
3213
c1253627 3214@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3215@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3216When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3217@end ifset
a4fb0134 3218@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3219using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3220If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3221or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3222@end ifset
3223
3224@ifset HPPA
3225@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3226When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3227@end ifset
a4fb0134 3228@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3229specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3230@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3231(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3232assembler directives.
3233
3234@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3235Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3236text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3237is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3238BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3239@end ifset
3240@end ifset
3241
3242Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3243data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3244
3245@ifset HPPA
3246When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3247section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3248@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3249@end ifset
3250
3251To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3252relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3253object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3254@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3255file is mentioned:
3256@itemize @bullet
3257@item
3258Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3259an address?
3260@item
3261How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3262@item
3263Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3264@display
3265(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3266@end display
3267@item
3268Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3269@end itemize
3270
3271@cindex addresses, format of
3272@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3273In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3274@display
3275(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3276@end display
3277@noindent
a4fb0134 3278Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3279nature.
3280@ifset SOM
3281(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3282symbol-relative instead.)
3283@end ifset
3284
3285In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3286@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3287
3288Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3289@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3290addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3291@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3292@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3293data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3294their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3295part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3296address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3297
3298The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3299address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3300rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3301Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3302address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3303common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3304time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3305
3306By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3307the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3308sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3309customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3310the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3311data and bss sections.
3312
3313Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3314use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3315
3316@node Ld Sections
3317@section Linker Sections
3318@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3319
3320@table @strong
3321
c1253627 3322@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3323@cindex named sections
3324@cindex sections, named
3325@item named sections
3326@end ifset
3327@ifset aout-bout
3328@cindex text section
3329@cindex data section
3330@itemx text section
3331@itemx data section
3332@end ifset
a4fb0134 3333These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3334separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3335true of another.
3336@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3337When the program is running, however, it is
3338customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3339text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3340instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3341program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3342in the data section.
c1253627 3343@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3344
3345@cindex bss section
3346@item bss section
3347This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3348is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3349each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3350out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3351bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3352those explicit zeros from object files.
3353
3354@cindex absolute section
3355@item absolute section
3356Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3357This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3358not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3359addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3360
3361@cindex undefined section
3362@item undefined section
3363This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3364the preceding sections.
3365@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3366@end table
3367
3368@cindex relocation example
3369An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3370@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3371The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3372@end ifset
3373Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3374
3375@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3376@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3377@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3378@smallexample
3379 +-----+----+--+
3380partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3381 +-----+----+--+
3382
3383 text data bss
3384 seg. seg. seg.
3385
3386 +---+---+---+
3387partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3388 +---+---+---+
3389
3390 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3391linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3392 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3393
3394 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3395@end smallexample
3396@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3397@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3398@need 5000
3399@tex
c1253627 3400\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3401\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3402\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3403\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3404
3405\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3406\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3407\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3408
3409\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3410\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3411\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3412ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3413DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3414
3415\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3416\line{0\dots\hfil}
3417
3418@end tex
3419@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3420
3421@node As Sections
3422@section Assembler Internal Sections
3423
3424@cindex internal assembler sections
3425@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3426These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3427have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3428sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3429warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3430meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3431value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3432section-relative address.
3433
3434@table @b
3435@cindex assembler internal logic error
3436@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3437An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3438bug in the assembler.
3439
3440@cindex expr (internal section)
3441@item expr section
3442The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3443symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3444it in the expr section.
3445@c FIXME item debug
3446@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3447@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3448@c FIXME item register
3449@end table
3450
3451@node Sub-Sections
3452@section Sub-Sections
3453
3454@cindex numbered subsections
3455@cindex grouping data
3456@ifset aout-bout
3457Assembled bytes
c1253627 3458@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3459conventionally
3460@end ifset
3461fall into two sections: text and data.
3462@end ifset
3463You may have separate groups of
3464@ifset GENERIC
3465data in named sections
3466@end ifset
3467@ifclear GENERIC
3468@ifclear aout-bout
3469data in named sections
3470@end ifclear
3471@ifset aout-bout
3472text or data
3473@end ifset
3474@end ifclear
3475that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3476are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3477use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3478numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3479same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3480subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3481section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3482assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3483section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3484constants being output.
3485
3486Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3487goes in subsection number zero.
3488
3489@ifset GENERIC
3490Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3491(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3492of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3493@end ifset
3494@ifclear GENERIC
3495@ifset H8
7be1c489 3496On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3497boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3498The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3499@end ifset
3500@ifset I960
3501@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3502@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3503@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3504@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3505@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3506@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3507@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3508@end ifclear
3509
3510Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3511to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3512The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3513other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3514They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3515data subsections as a data section.
3516
3517To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3518into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3519@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3520@ifset COFF
252b5132 3521@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3522When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3523@end ifset
3524@ifclear GENERIC
3525You
3526@end ifclear
3527can also use an extra subsection
3528argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3529@var{expression}}.
3530@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3531@ifset ELF
3532@ifset GENERIC
3533When generating ELF output, you
3534@end ifset
3535@ifclear GENERIC
3536You
3537@end ifclear
3538can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3539to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3540@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3541@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3542(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3543is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3544begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3545@smallexample
3546.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3547.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3548.text 1
3549.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3550.data 0
3551.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3552.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3553.text 0
3554.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3555.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3556@end smallexample
3557
3558Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3559assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3560restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3561counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3562@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3563current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3564assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3565
3566@node bss
3567@section bss Section
3568
3569@cindex bss section
3570@cindex common variable storage
3571The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3572You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3573not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3574your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3575section are zeroed bytes.
3576
3577The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3578@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3579
3580The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3581another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3582
3583@ifset GENERIC
3584When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3585COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3586see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3587section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3588@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3589@end ifset
3590
3591@node Symbols
3592@chapter Symbols
3593
3594@cindex symbols
3595Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3596things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3597to debug.
3598
3599@quotation
3600@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3601@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3602the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3603@end quotation
3604
3605@menu
3606* Labels:: Labels
3607* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3608* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3609* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3610* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3611@end menu
3612
3613@node Labels
3614@section Labels
3615
3616@cindex labels
3617A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3618@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3619active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3620operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3621different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3622definitions.
3623
3624@ifset HPPA
3625On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3626colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3627a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3628provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3629@end ifset
3630
3631@node Setting Symbols
3632@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3633
3634@cindex assigning values to symbols
3635@cindex symbol values, assigning
3636A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3637by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3638(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3639directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3640equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3641@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3642
f8739b83
JZ
3643@ifset Blackfin
3644Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3645@end ifset
3646
252b5132
RH
3647@node Symbol Names
3648@section Symbol Names
3649
3650@cindex symbol names
3651@cindex names, symbol
3652@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3653Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3654machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3655noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3656string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3657particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3658@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3659@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3660@ifset H8
3661Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3662Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3663character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3664on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3665@end ifset
3666@end ifset
3667
3668Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3669than @code{Foo}.
3670
ed1fcdd1
NC
3671Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3672Local Labels. See below.
3673
7bfd842d
NC
3674Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3675multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3676@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3677currently supported.
3678
252b5132
RH
3679Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3680refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3681in a program.
3682
3683@subheading Local Symbol Names
3684
3685@cindex local symbol names
3686@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3687A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3688By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3689@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3690set of local label prefixes.
3691@ifset HPPA
3692On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3693@end ifset
3694
3695Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3696normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3697You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3698to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3699
3700@subheading Local Labels
3701
3702@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3703@cindex temporary symbol names
3704@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3705Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3706programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3707be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3708referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
3709the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any positive integer). To refer
3710to the most recent previous definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using
3711the same number as when you defined the label. To refer to the next definition
3712of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards''
3713and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3714
3715There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3716too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3717the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3718defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3719definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3720noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3721implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3722
3723Here is an example:
3724
3725@smallexample
37261: branch 1f
37272: branch 1b
37281: branch 2f
37292: branch 1b
3730@end smallexample
3731
3732Which is the equivalent of:
3733
3734@smallexample
3735label_1: branch label_3
3736label_2: branch label_1
3737label_3: branch label_4
3738label_4: branch label_3
3739@end smallexample
3740
ba83aca1 3741Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3742transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3743The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3744are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3745these parts:
252b5132
RH
3746
3747@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3748@item @emph{local label prefix}
3749All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3750Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3751that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3752used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3753@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3754object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3755you may use them in debugging.
3756
2d5aaba0
NC
3757@item @var{number}
3758This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3759label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3760
2d5aaba0
NC
3761@item @kbd{C-B}
3762This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3763of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3764
3765@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3766This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3767@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3768number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3769the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3770@end table
3771
ba83aca1
BW
3772So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3773the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3774
3775@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3776@cindex dollar local symbols
3777
ed1fcdd1
NC
3778On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3779local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3780become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3781valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3782by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3783by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3784
3785Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3786except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3787@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3788
3789They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3790names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3791to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3792@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3793
3794@node Dot
3795@section The Special Dot Symbol
3796
3797@cindex dot (symbol)
3798@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3799@cindex current address
3800@cindex location counter
3801The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3802@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3803.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3804Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3805directive.
252b5132 3806@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3807Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3808@samp{.space 4}.
3809@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3810
3811@node Symbol Attributes
3812@section Symbol Attributes
3813
3814@cindex symbol attributes
3815@cindex attributes, symbol
3816Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3817``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3818attributes.
3819@ifset INTERNALS
3820The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3821@end ifset
3822
a4fb0134 3823If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3824all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3825symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3826would want.
3827
3828@menu
3829* Symbol Value:: Value
3830* Symbol Type:: Type
3831@ifset aout-bout
3832@ifset GENERIC
3833* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3834@end ifset
3835@ifclear GENERIC
3836@ifclear BOUT
3837* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3838@end ifclear
3839@ifset BOUT
3840* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3841@end ifset
3842@end ifclear
3843@end ifset
3844@ifset COFF
3845* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3846@end ifset
3847@ifset SOM
3848* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3849@end ifset
3850@end menu
3851
3852@node Symbol Value
3853@subsection Value
3854
3855@cindex value of a symbol
3856@cindex symbol value
3857The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3858location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3859number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3860Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3861as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3862symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3863called absolute.
3864
3865The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38660 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3867@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3868same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3869name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3870common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3871bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3872allocated storage.
3873
3874@node Symbol Type
3875@subsection Type
3876
3877@cindex type of a symbol
3878@cindex symbol type
3879The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3880information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3881(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3882format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3883
3884@ifset aout-bout
3885@ifclear GENERIC
3886@ifset BOUT
3887@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3888@c better if it were available outside examples.
3889@need 1000
3890@node a.out Symbols
3891@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3892
3893@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3894@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3895These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3896one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3897@code{b.out}.
3898
3899@end ifset
3900@ifclear BOUT
3901@node a.out Symbols
3902@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3903
3904@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3905@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3906
3907@end ifclear
3908@end ifclear
3909@ifset GENERIC
3910@node a.out Symbols
3911@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3912
3913@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3914@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3915
3916@end ifset
3917@menu
3918* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3919* Symbol Other:: Other
3920@end menu
3921
3922@node Symbol Desc
3923@subsubsection Descriptor
3924
3925@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3926This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3927descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3928(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3929@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3930
3931@node Symbol Other
3932@subsubsection Other
3933
3934@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3935This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3936@end ifset
3937
3938@ifset COFF
3939@node COFF Symbols
3940@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3941
3942@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3943@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3944
3945The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3946like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3947@code{.endef} directives.
3948
3949@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3950
3951@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3952The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3953respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3954
3955@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3956
3957@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3958The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3959@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3960table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3961@end ifset
3962
3963@ifset SOM
3964@node SOM Symbols
3965@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3966
3967@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3968@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3969
3970The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3971the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3972
01642c12 3973The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3974Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3975@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3976@end ifset
3977
3978@node Expressions
3979@chapter Expressions
3980
3981@cindex expressions
3982@cindex addresses
3983@cindex numeric values
3984An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3985Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3986
3987The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3988a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3989enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3990section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3991the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3992@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3993
3994@menu
3995* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3996* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3997@end menu
3998
3999@node Empty Exprs
4000@section Empty Expressions
4001
4002@cindex empty expressions
4003@cindex expressions, empty
4004An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4005Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4006expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4007is compatible with other assemblers.
4008
4009@node Integer Exprs
4010@section Integer Expressions
4011
4012@cindex integer expressions
4013@cindex expressions, integer
4014An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4015by @emph{operators}.
4016
4017@menu
4018* Arguments:: Arguments
4019* Operators:: Operators
4020* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4021* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4022@end menu
4023
4024@node Arguments
4025@subsection Arguments
4026
4027@cindex expression arguments
4028@cindex arguments in expressions
4029@cindex operands in expressions
4030@cindex arithmetic operands
4031@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4032contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4033this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4034the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4035expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4036instruction operands.
4037
4038Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4039@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4040or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4041integer.
4042
4043Numbers are usually integers.
4044
4045A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4046that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4047these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4048instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4049assemblers.
4050
4051@cindex subexpressions
4052Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4053expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4054operator followed by an argument.
4055
4056@node Operators
4057@subsection Operators
4058
4059@cindex operators, in expressions
4060@cindex arithmetic functions
4061@cindex functions, in expressions
4062@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4063operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4064between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4065whitespace.
4066
4067@node Prefix Ops
4068@subsection Prefix Operator
4069
4070@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4071@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4072one argument, which must be absolute.
4073
4074@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4075@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4076@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4077@tex
4078\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4079@end tex
4080
4081@table @code
4082@item -
4083@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4084@item ~
4085@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4086@end table
4087
4088@tex
4089\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4090@end tex
4091
4092@node Infix Ops
4093@subsection Infix Operators
4094
4095@cindex infix operators
4096@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4097@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4098have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4099to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4100absolute, and the result is absolute.
4101
4102@enumerate
4103@cindex operator precedence
4104@cindex precedence of operators
4105
4106@item
4107Highest Precedence
4108
4109@table @code
4110@item *
4111@dfn{Multiplication}.
4112
4113@item /
4114@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4115
4116@item %
4117@dfn{Remainder}.
4118
d1eac9d9 4119@item <<
252b5132
RH
4120@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4121
d1eac9d9 4122@item >>
252b5132
RH
4123@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4124@end table
4125
4126@item
4127Intermediate precedence
4128
4129@table @code
4130@item |
4131
4132@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4133
4134@item &
4135@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4136
4137@item ^
4138@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4139
4140@item !
4141@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4142@end table
4143
4144@item
b131d4dc 4145Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4146
4147@table @code
4148@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4149@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4150@cindex arguments for addition
4151@item +
4152@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4153the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4154sections.
4155
4156@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4157@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4158@cindex arguments for subtraction
4159@item -
4160@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4161result has the section of the left argument.
4162If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4163You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4164@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4165
4166@cindex comparison expressions
4167@cindex expressions, comparison
4168@item ==
4169@dfn{Is Equal To}
4170@item <>
723a8472 4171@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4172@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4173@item <
4174@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4175@item >
b131d4dc 4176@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4177@item >=
b131d4dc 4178@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4179@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4180@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4181
4182The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4183value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4184perform signed comparisons.
4185@end table
4186
4187@item Lowest Precedence
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item &&
4191@dfn{Logical And}.
4192
4193@item ||
4194@dfn{Logical Or}.
4195
4196These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4197expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4198value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4199or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4200
252b5132
RH
4201@end table
4202@end enumerate
4203
4204In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4205address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4206
4207@node Pseudo Ops
4208@chapter Assembler Directives
4209
4210@cindex directives, machine independent
4211@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4212@cindex machine independent directives
4213All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4214The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4215in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4216
4217This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4218target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4219@ifset GENERIC
4220Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4221@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4222@end ifset
4223@ifclear GENERIC
4224@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4225@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4226@end ifset
4227@end ifclear
4228
4229@menu
4230* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4231@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4232* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4233@end ifset
f0dc282c 4234
252b5132 4235* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4236* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4237* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4238* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4239* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4240* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4241* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4242* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4243* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4244* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4245@ifset COFF
4246* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4247@end ifset
4248@ifset aout-bout
4249* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4250@end ifset
4251@ifset COFF
4252* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4253@end ifset
f0dc282c 4254
252b5132
RH
4255* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4256* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4257* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4258* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4259* End:: @code{.end}
4260@ifset COFF
4261* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4262@end ifset
f0dc282c 4263
252b5132
RH
4264* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4265* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4266* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4267* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4268* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4269* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4270* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4271* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4272* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4273* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4274* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4275* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4276* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4277* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4278* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4279@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4280* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4281* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4282@end ifset
f0dc282c 4283
252b5132
RH
4284* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4285* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4286* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4287* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4288* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4289* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4290@ifset ELF
4291* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4292@end ifset
f0dc282c 4293
252b5132
RH
4294* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4295* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4296* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4297* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4298@ifclear no-line-dir
4299* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4300@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4301
252b5132
RH
4302* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4303* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4304* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4305* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4306* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4307@ifset ELF
4308* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4309@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4310
252b5132
RH
4311* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4312@ignore
4313* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4314@end ignore
f0dc282c 4315
252b5132
RH
4316* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4317* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4318* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4319* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4320* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4321* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4322* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4323* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4324@ifset ELF
4325* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4326* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4327@end ifset
f0dc282c 4328
252b5132 4329* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4330@ifset ELF
4331* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4332@end ifset
f0dc282c 4333
252b5132
RH
4334* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4335* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4336@ifset ELF
4337* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4338@end ifset
f0dc282c 4339
252b5132 4340* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4341* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4342* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4343* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4344@ifset COFF
4345* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4346@end ifset
4347@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4348* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4349@end ifset
f0dc282c 4350
252b5132
RH
4351* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4352* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4353* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4354@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4355* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4356@end ifset
884f0d36 4357@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4358* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4359@end ifclear
4360
252b5132 4361* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4362@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4363* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4364@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4365@ifset have-stabs
4366* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4367@end ifset
f0dc282c 4368
38a57ae7 4369* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4370* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4371@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4372* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4373* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4374@end ifset
f0dc282c 4375
252b5132
RH
4376@ifset COFF
4377* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4378@end ifset
f0dc282c 4379
252b5132
RH
4380* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4381* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4382@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4383* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4384@end ifset
4385
c91d2e08 4386* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4387@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4388* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4389@end ifset
f0dc282c 4390
2e13b764 4391@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4392* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4393* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4394* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4395@end ifset
f0dc282c 4396
d190d046 4397* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4398* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4399* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4400* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4401@ifclear no-space-dir
4402* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4403@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4404* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4405@end menu
4406
4407@node Abort
4408@section @code{.abort}
4409
4410@cindex @code{abort} directive
4411@cindex stopping the assembly
4412This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4413compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4414assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4415of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4416quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4417
4418@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4419@node ABORT (COFF)
4420@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4421
4422@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4423When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4424synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4425
4426@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4427When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4428but ignores it.
4429@end ifset
4430@end ifset
4431
4432@node Align
4433@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4434
4435@cindex padding the location counter
4436@cindex @code{align} directive
4437Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4438boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4439required, as described below.
4440
4441The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4442padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4443padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4444marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4445with no-op instructions.
4446
4447The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4448it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4449directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4450specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4451fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4452required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4453with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4454
4455The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4456For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4457s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4458alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4459the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4460is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4461first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4462
9e9a9798 4463For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4464strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4465number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4466advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4467counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4468multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4469
4470This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4471native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4472GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4473described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4474architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4475
ccf8a69b
BW
4476@node Altmacro
4477@section @code{.altmacro}
4478Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4479
4480@ftable @code
4481@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4482One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4483generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4484replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4485replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4486separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4487define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4488
4489@item String delimiters
4490You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4491@code{"@var{string}"}:
4492
4493@table @code
4494@item '@var{string}'
4495You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4496
4497@item <@var{string}>
4498You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4499@end table
4500
4501@item single-character string escape
4502To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4503character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4504character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4505write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4506
4507@item Expression results as strings
4508You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4509and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4510@end ftable
4511
252b5132
RH
4512@node Ascii
4513@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4514
4515@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4516@cindex string literals
4517@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4518separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4519trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4520
4521@node Asciz
4522@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4523
4524@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4525@cindex zero-terminated strings
4526@cindex null-terminated strings
4527@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4528a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4529
4530@node Balign
4531@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4532
4533@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4534@cindex @code{balign} directive
4535Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4536storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4537alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4538the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4539is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4540
4541The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4542padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4543padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4544marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4545with no-op instructions.
4546
4547The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4548it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4549directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4550specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4551fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4552required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4553with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4554
4555@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4556@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4557The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4558@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4559pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4560fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45614,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4562filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4563the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4564undefined.
4565
fa94de6b 4566@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4567@section Bundle directives
4568@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4569@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4570@cindex bundle
4571@cindex instruction bundle
4572@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4573@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4574bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4575into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4576disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4577gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4578@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4579
4580For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4581certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4582instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4583@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4584chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4585effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4586instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4587that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4588end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4589starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4590instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4591
d3b47e2b 4592@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4593@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4594@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4595The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4596allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4597are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4598aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4599@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4600directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4601
4602@cindex bundle-locked
4603For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4604appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4605instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4606and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4607instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4608sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4609@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4610entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4611boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4612first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4613aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4614bundle size.
4615
d416e51d
RM
4616For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4617inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4618nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4619@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4620matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4621same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4622
252b5132
RH
4623@node Byte
4624@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4625
4626@cindex @code{byte} directive
4627@cindex integers, one byte
4628@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4629Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4630
54cfded0 4631@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4632@section CFI directives
4633@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4634@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4635@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4636should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4637If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4638if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4639To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4640directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4641
2f0c68f2
CM
4642On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4643by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4644
d3b47e2b 4645@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4646@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4647@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4648should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4649data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4650@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4651
01642c12 4652Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4653it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4654
d3b47e2b 4655@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4656@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4657@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4658unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4659@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4660
d3b47e2b 4661@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4662@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4663@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4664@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4665should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4666argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4667a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4668the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4669can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4670The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4671no personality routine.
4672
2f0c68f2
CM
4673@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4674@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4675@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4676defined in a compact unwinding format.
4677Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4678with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4679
4680@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4681@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4682@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4683used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4684@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4685in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4686Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4687with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4688
d3b47e2b 4689@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4690@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4691@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4692should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4693argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4694or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4695meaning that no LSDA is present.
4696
4697@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4698@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4699switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4700Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4701Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4702with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4703
4704The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4705so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4706referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4707in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4708by a section directive.
4709
4710The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4711The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4712@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4713
d3b47e2b 4714@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4715@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4716address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4717
d3b47e2b 4718@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4719@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4720now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4721remains the same.
4722
d3b47e2b 4723@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4724@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4725remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4726absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4727CFA address.
4728
d3b47e2b 4729@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4730Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4731value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4732
d3b47e2b 4733@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4734Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4735CFA.
54cfded0 4736
d3b47e2b 4737@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4738Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4739the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4740using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4741This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4742code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4743
d3b47e2b 4744@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4745Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4746
d3b47e2b 4747@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4748@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4749same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4750instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4751
d3b47e2b 4752@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4753From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4754
d3b47e2b 4755@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4756Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4757i.e. no restoration needed.
4758
d3b47e2b 4759@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4760First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4761then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4762everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4763the previous saved state.
4764
d3b47e2b 4765@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4766Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4767directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4768
d3b47e2b 4769@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4770Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4771
d3b47e2b 4772@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4773SPARC register window has been saved.
4774
d3b47e2b 4775@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4776Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4777might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4778opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4779
d3b47e2b 4780@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4781The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4782will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4783description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4784
4785The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4786limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4787mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4788by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4789or another register.
4790
ccf8a69b
BW
4791@node Comm
4792@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4793
ccf8a69b
BW
4794@cindex @code{comm} directive
4795@cindex symbol, common
4796@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4797common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4798of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4799definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4800allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4801absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4802the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4803using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4804
c1711530
DK
4805@ifset COFF-ELF
4806When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4807an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4808specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4809that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4810as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4811boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4812power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4813common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4814alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4815largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4816maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4817is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4818@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4819multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4820It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4821(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4822@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4823
ccf8a69b
BW
4824@ifset HPPA
4825The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4826@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4827@end ifset
07a53e5c 4828
252b5132
RH
4829@node Data
4830@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4831
4832@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4833@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4834end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4835absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4836to zero.
4837
4838@ifset COFF
4839@node Def
4840@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4841
4842@cindex @code{def} directive
4843@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4844@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4845Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4846definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4847@ifset BOUT
4848
a4fb0134 4849This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4850format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4851but ignored.
4852@end ifset
4853@end ifset
4854
4855@ifset aout-bout
4856@node Desc
4857@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4858
4859@cindex @code{desc} directive
4860@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4861@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4862This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4863to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4864
4865@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4866The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4867configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4868object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4869it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4870@end ifset
4871@end ifset
4872
4873@ifset COFF
4874@node Dim
4875@section @code{.dim}
4876
4877@cindex @code{dim} directive
4878@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4879@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4880This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4881information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4882@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4883@ifset BOUT
4884
4885@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4886@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4887ignores it.
4888@end ifset
4889@end ifset
4890
4891@node Double
4892@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4893
4894@cindex @code{double} directive
4895@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4896@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4897assembles floating point numbers.
4898@ifset GENERIC
4899The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4900@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4901@end ifset
4902@ifclear GENERIC
4903@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4904On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4905in @sc{ieee} format.
4906@end ifset
4907@end ifclear
4908
4909@node Eject
4910@section @code{.eject}
4911
4912@cindex @code{eject} directive
4913@cindex new page, in listings
4914@cindex page, in listings
4915@cindex listing control: new page
4916Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4917
4918@node Else
4919@section @code{.else}
4920
4921@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4922@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4923assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4924of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4925was false.
4926
3fd9f047
TW
4927@node Elseif
4928@section @code{.elseif}
4929
4930@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4931@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4932assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4933@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4934
252b5132
RH
4935@node End
4936@section @code{.end}
4937
4938@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4939@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4940process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4941
4942@ifset COFF
4943@node Endef
4944@section @code{.endef}
4945
4946@cindex @code{endef} directive
4947This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4948@code{.def}.
4949@ifset BOUT
4950
4951@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4952@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4953directive but ignores it.
4954@end ifset
4955@end ifset
4956
4957@node Endfunc
4958@section @code{.endfunc}
4959@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4960@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4961
4962@node Endif
4963@section @code{.endif}
4964
4965@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4966@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4967it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4968conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4969
4970@node Equ
4971@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4972
4973@cindex @code{equ} directive
4974@cindex assigning values to symbols
4975@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4976This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4977It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4978
4979@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4980The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4981@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4982@end ifset
4983
3c9b82ba 4984@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4985The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4986@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4987On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4988but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4989Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4990@end ifset
4991
252b5132
RH
4992@node Equiv
4993@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4994@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4995The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4996the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4997symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4998undefined.
252b5132 4999
01642c12 5000Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5001@smallexample
5002.ifdef SYM
5003.err
5004.endif
5005.equ SYM,VAL
5006@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5007plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5008
5009@node Eqv
5010@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5011@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5012The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5013evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5014the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5015value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5016
5017@node Err
5018@section @code{.err}
5019@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5020If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5021message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5022object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5023
d190d046
HPN
5024@node Error
5025@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5026@cindex error directive
5027
5028Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5029string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5030message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5031@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5032
5033@smallexample
5034 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5035@end smallexample
5036
252b5132
RH
5037@node Exitm
5038@section @code{.exitm}
5039Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5040
5041@node Extern
5042@section @code{.extern}
5043
5044@cindex @code{extern} directive
5045@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5046with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5047all undefined symbols as external.
5048
5049@node Fail
5050@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5051
5052@cindex @code{fail} directive
5053Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5054or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5055than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5056include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5057complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5058
252b5132 5059@node File
14082c76 5060@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5061@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5062
5063@ifclear no-file-dir
5064There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5065that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5066@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5067
5068@subheading Default Version
5069
252b5132
RH
5070@cindex logical file name
5071@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5072This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5073are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5074
5075@smallexample
5076.file @var{string}
5077@end smallexample
5078
5079@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5080recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5081to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5082statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5083old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5084
5085@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5086@end ifclear
5087
14082c76
BW
5088When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5089to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5090
5091@smallexample
5092.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5093@end smallexample
5094
5095The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5096index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5097literal.
5098
5099The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5100table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5101information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5102entries will have.
5103
252b5132
RH
5104@node Fill
5105@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5106
5107@cindex @code{fill} directive
5108@cindex writing patterns in memory
5109@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5110@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5111This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5112may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5113more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5114other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5115is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5116zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5117byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5118Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5119@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5120compatible with other people's assemblers.
5121
5122@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5123If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5124assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5125@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5126
5127@node Float
5128@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5129
5130@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5131@cindex @code{float} directive
5132This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5133has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5134@ifset GENERIC
5135The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5136@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5137@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5138@end ifset
5139@ifclear GENERIC
5140@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5141On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5142in @sc{ieee} format.
5143@end ifset
5144@end ifclear
5145
5146@node Func
5147@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5148@cindex @code{func} directive
5149@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5150is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5151Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5152@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5153prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5154@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5155All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5156The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5157
5158@node Global
5159@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5160
5161@cindex @code{global} directive
5162@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5163@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5164@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5165other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5166@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5167from another file linked into the same program.
5168
5169Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5170compatibility with other assemblers.
5171
5172@ifset HPPA
5173On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5174partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5175@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5176@end ifset
5177
c91d2e08 5178@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5179@node Gnu_attribute
5180@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5181Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5182
c91d2e08
NC
5183@node Hidden
5184@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5185
c1253627
NC
5186@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5187@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5188This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5189@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5190@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5191
5192This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5193their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5194@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5195Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5196@end ifset
5197
252b5132
RH
5198@node hword
5199@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5200
5201@cindex @code{hword} directive
5202@cindex integers, 16-bit
5203@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5204@cindex sixteen bit integers
5205This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5206a 16 bit number for each.
5207
5208@ifset GENERIC
5209This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5210architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5211@end ifset
5212@ifclear GENERIC
5213@ifset W32
5214This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5215@end ifset
5216@ifset W16
5217This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5218@end ifset
5219@end ifclear
5220
5221@node Ident
5222@section @code{.ident}
5223
5224@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5225
5226This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5227behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5228a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5229source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5230for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5231@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5232emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5233
5234@node If
5235@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5236
5237@cindex conditional assembly
5238@cindex @code{if} directive
5239@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5240considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5241(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5242the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5243(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5244alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5245If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5246nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5247
5248The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5249@table @code
5250@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5251@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5252Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5253has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5254is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5255
26aca5f6
JB
5256@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5257@item .ifb @var{text}
5258Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5259
252b5132
RH
5260@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5261@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5262Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5263strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5264the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5265end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5266string comparison is case sensitive.
5267
5268@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5269@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5270Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5271
5272@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5273@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5274Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5275
5276@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5277@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5278Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5279equal to zero.
5280
5281@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5282@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5283Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5284
5285@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5286@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5287Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5288to zero.
5289
5290@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5291@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5292Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5293
26aca5f6
JB
5294@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5295@item .ifnb @var{text}
5296Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5297following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5298
252b5132
RH
5299@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5300@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5301Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5302following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5303
5304@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5305@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5306@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5307@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5308Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5309has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5310which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5311
5312@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5313@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5314Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5315(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5316
5317@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5318@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5319Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5320following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5321@end table
5322
7e005732
NC
5323@node Incbin
5324@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5325
5326@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5327@cindex binary files, including
5328The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5329location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5330option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5331around @var{file}.
5332
5333The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5334@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5335read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5336responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5337after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5338
252b5132
RH
5339@node Include
5340@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5341
5342@cindex @code{include} directive
5343@cindex supporting files, including
5344@cindex files, including
5345This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5346points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5347if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5348included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5349can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5350(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5351around @var{file}.
5352
5353@node Int
5354@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5355
5356@cindex @code{int} directive
5357@cindex integers, 32-bit
5358Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5359For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5360expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5361of target the assembly is for.
5362
5363@ifclear GENERIC
5364@ifset H8
7be1c489 5365On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5366integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
536732-bit integers.
5368@end ifset
5369@end ifclear
5370
c91d2e08
NC
5371@ifset ELF
5372@node Internal
5373@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5374
c1253627
NC
5375@cindex @code{internal} directive
5376@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5377This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5378@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5379@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5380
5381This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5382their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5383@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5384(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5385processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5386@end ifset
5387
252b5132
RH
5388@node Irp
5389@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5390
5391@cindex @code{irp} directive
5392Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5393The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5394terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5395set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5396@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5397@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5398sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5399
5400For example, assembling
5401
5402@example
5403 .irp param,1,2,3
5404 move d\param,sp@@-
5405 .endr
5406@end example
5407
5408is equivalent to assembling
5409
5410@example
5411 move d1,sp@@-
5412 move d2,sp@@-
5413 move d3,sp@@-
5414@end example
5415
96e9638b 5416For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5417
252b5132
RH
5418@node Irpc
5419@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5420
5421@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5422Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5423The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5424terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5425@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5426assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5427assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5428@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5429
5430For example, assembling
5431
5432@example
5433 .irpc param,123
5434 move d\param,sp@@-
5435 .endr
5436@end example
5437
5438is equivalent to assembling
5439
5440@example
5441 move d1,sp@@-
5442 move d2,sp@@-
5443 move d3,sp@@-
5444@end example
5445
5e75c3ab
JB
5446For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5447at @xref{Macro}.
5448
252b5132
RH
5449@node Lcomm
5450@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5451
5452@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5453@cindex local common symbols
5454@cindex symbols, local common
5455Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5456denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5457those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5458section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5459is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5460not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5461
5462@ifset GENERIC
5463Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5464argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5465@end ifset
5466
5467@ifset HPPA
5468The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5469@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5470@end ifset
5471
5472@node Lflags
5473@section @code{.lflags}
5474
5475@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5476@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5477assemblers, but ignores it.
5478
5479@ifclear no-line-dir
5480@node Line
5481@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5482
5483@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5484@cindex logical line number
5485@ifset aout-bout
5486Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5487expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5488statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5489reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5490@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5491for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5492@end ifset
5493
252b5132 5494Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5495@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5496when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5497were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5498@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5499
5500Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5501used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5502debugging.
5503@end ifclear
5504
5505@node Linkonce
5506@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5507@cindex COMDAT
5508@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5509@cindex common sections
5510Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5511This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5512but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5513The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5514Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5515unique.
5516
5517This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5518writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5519Executable format used on Windows NT.
5520
5521The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5522following strings. For example:
5523@smallexample
5524.linkonce same_size
5525@end smallexample
5526Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5527
5528@table @code
5529@item discard
5530Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5531
5532@item one_only
5533Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5534
5535@item same_size
5536Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5537
5538@item same_contents
5539Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5540@end table
5541
ccf8a69b
BW
5542@node List
5543@section @code{.list}
5544
5545@cindex @code{list} directive
5546@cindex listing control, turning on
5547Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5548not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5549internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5550counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5551generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5552
5553By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5554@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5555the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5556
252b5132
RH
5557@node Ln
5558@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5559
5560@cindex @code{ln} directive
5561@ifclear no-line-dir
5562@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5563@end ifclear
5564@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5565Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5566must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5567line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5568statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5569line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5570@ifset BOUT
5571
a4fb0134 5572This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5573configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5574output format.
5575@end ifset
5576@end ifset
5577
ccf8a69b
BW
5578@node Loc
5579@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5580@cindex @code{loc} directive
5581When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5582the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5583number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5584instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5585arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5586the row is added.
252b5132 5587
ccf8a69b
BW
5588The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5589
5590@table @code
5591@item basic_block
5592This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5593@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5594
5595@item prologue_end
5596This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5597@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5598
5599@item epilogue_begin
5600This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5601@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5602
5603@item is_stmt @var{value}
5604This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5605@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5606either 0 or 1.
5607
5608@item isa @var{value}
5609This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5610state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5611
92846e72
CC
5612@item discriminator @var{value}
5613This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5614state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5615
ccf8a69b
BW
5616@end table
5617
5618@node Loc_mark_labels
5619@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5620@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5621When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5622the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5623to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5624register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5625The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5626this function respectively.
252b5132 5627
4d4175af
BW
5628@ifset ELF
5629@node Local
5630@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5631
5632@cindex @code{local} directive
5633This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5634the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5635will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5636they will be created.
5637
5638For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5639accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5640the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5641(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5642@end ifset
5643
252b5132
RH
5644@node Long
5645@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5646
5647@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5648@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5649
5650@ignore
5651@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5652@c what it really ought to do
5653@node Lsym
5654@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5655
5656@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5657@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5658@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5659the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5660rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5661the same as the expression value:
5662@smallexample
5663@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5664@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5665@var{value} = @var{expression}
5666@end smallexample
5667@noindent
5668The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5669@end ignore
5670
5671@node Macro
5672@section @code{.macro}
5673
5674@cindex macros
5675The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5676generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5677@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5678
5679@example
5680 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5681 .long \from
5682 .if \to-\from
5683 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5684 .endif
5685 .endm
5686@end example
5687
5688@noindent
5689With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5690
5691@example
5692 .long 0
5693 .long 1
5694 .long 2
5695 .long 3
5696 .long 4
5697 .long 5
5698@end example
5699
5700@ftable @code
5701@item .macro @var{macname}
5702@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5703@cindex @code{macro} directive
5704Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5705definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5706separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5707indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5708@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5709(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5710macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5711cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5712subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5713definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5714
5715@table @code
5716@item .macro comm
5717Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5718arguments.
5719
6258339f 5720@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5721@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5722Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5723which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5724@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5725
5726@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5727Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5728arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5729After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5730@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5731@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5732,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5733@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5734
6eaeac8a
JB
5735@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5736Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5737arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5738not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5739will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5740
252b5132
RH
5741When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5742position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5743@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5744
6258339f
NC
5745@end table
5746
5e75c3ab
JB
5747Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5748as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5749occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5750characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5751(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5752architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5753character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5754replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5755construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5756identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5757this macro definition:
5758
5759@example
5760 .macro label l
5761\l:
5762 .endm
5763@end example
5764
5765might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5766called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5767assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5768identifier.
5769
5770Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5771which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5772for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5773length specifier like this:
5774
5775@example
5776 .macro opcode base length
5777 \base.\length
5778 .endm
5779@end example
5780
5781and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5782instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5783interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5784
5785There are several possible ways around this problem:
5786
5787@table @code
5788@item Insert white space
5789If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5790solution. eg:
5791
5792@example
5793 .macro label l
5794\l :
5795 .endm
5796@end example
5797
5798@item Use @samp{\()}
5799The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5800the following text. eg:
5801
5802@example
5803 .macro opcode base length
5804 \base\().\length
5805 .endm
5806@end example
5807
5808@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5809In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5810used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5811
5812@example
5813 .altmacro
5814 .macro label l
5815l&:
5816 .endm
5817@end example
6258339f 5818@end table
5e75c3ab 5819
96e9638b 5820Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5821also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5822and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5823
252b5132
RH
5824@item .endm
5825@cindex @code{endm} directive
5826Mark the end of a macro definition.
5827
5828@item .exitm
5829@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5830Exit early from the current macro definition.
5831
5832@cindex number of macros executed
5833@cindex macros, count executed
5834@item \@@
a4fb0134 5835@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5836executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5837output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5838
252b5132
RH
5839@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5840@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5841macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5842@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5843@end ftable
252b5132 5844
ccf8a69b
BW
5845@node MRI
5846@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5847
ccf8a69b
BW
5848@cindex @code{mri} directive
5849@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5850If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5851@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5852affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5853of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5854
caa32fe5
NC
5855@node Noaltmacro
5856@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5857Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5858
252b5132
RH
5859@node Nolist
5860@section @code{.nolist}
5861
5862@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5863@cindex listing control, turning off
5864Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5865not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5866internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5867counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5868generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5869
5870@node Octa
5871@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5872
5873@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5874@cindex @code{octa} directive
5875@cindex integer, 16-byte
5876@cindex sixteen byte integer
5877This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5878bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5879
5880The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5881hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5882
9aec2026
NC
5883@node Offset
5884@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5885
5886@cindex @code{offset} directive
5887Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5888be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5889symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5890directive.
9aec2026 5891
252b5132
RH
5892@node Org
5893@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5894
5895@cindex @code{org} directive
5896@cindex location counter, advancing
5897@cindex advancing location counter
5898@cindex current address, advancing
5899Advance the location counter of the current section to
5900@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5901expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5902you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5903wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5904with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5905@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5906is the same as the current subsection.
5907
5908@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5909unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5910backwards.
5911
5912@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5913@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5914@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5915Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5916may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5917a chance to share your improved assembler.
5918
5919Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5920to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5921people's assemblers.
5922
5923When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5924intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5925absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5926@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5927
5928@node P2align
5929@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5930
5931@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5932@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5933Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5934storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5935number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5936advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5937counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5938multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5939
5940The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5941padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5942padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5943marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5944with no-op instructions.
5945
5946The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5947it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5948directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5949specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5950fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5951required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5952with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5953
5954@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5955@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5956The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5957@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5958pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5959fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59602,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5961filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5962the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5963undefined.
5964
ccf8a69b
BW
5965@ifset ELF
5966@node PopSection
5967@section @code{.popsection}
5968
5969@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5970@cindex Section Stack
5971This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5972@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5973@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5974(@pxref{Previous}).
5975
5976This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5977section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5978stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5979@end ifset
5980
c91d2e08
NC
5981@ifset ELF
5982@node Previous
5983@section @code{.previous}
5984
c1253627 5985@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5986@cindex Section Stack
5987This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5988@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5989@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5990(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5991
5992This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5993referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5994@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5995subsections). For example:
5996
5997@smallexample
5998.section A
5999 .subsection 1
6000 .word 0x1234
6001 .subsection 2
6002 .word 0x5678
6003.previous
6004 .word 0x9abc
6005@end smallexample
6006
6007Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6008section A. Whilst:
6009
6010@smallexample
6011.section A
6012.subsection 1
6013 # Now in section A subsection 1
6014 .word 0x1234
6015.section B
6016.subsection 0
6017 # Now in section B subsection 0
6018 .word 0x5678
6019.subsection 1
6020 # Now in section B subsection 1
6021 .word 0x9abc
6022.previous
6023 # Now in section B subsection 0
6024 .word 0xdef0
6025@end smallexample
6026
6027Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6028section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6029
6030In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6031the top section on the section stack.
6032@end ifset
6033
252b5132
RH
6034@node Print
6035@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6036
6037@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6038@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6039assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6040
c91d2e08
NC
6041@ifset ELF
6042@node Protected
6043@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6044
c1253627
NC
6045@cindex @code{protected} directive
6046@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6047This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6048@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6049
6050This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6051their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6052@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6053components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6054component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6055this.
c91d2e08
NC
6056@end ifset
6057
252b5132
RH
6058@node Psize
6059@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6060
6061@cindex @code{psize} directive
6062@cindex listing control: paper size
6063@cindex paper size, for listings
6064Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6065number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6066
6067If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6068of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6069default width is 200 columns.
6070
a4fb0134 6071@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6072lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6073@code{.eject}).
6074
6075If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6076those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6077
6078@node Purgem
6079@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6080
6081@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6082Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6083expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6084
c91d2e08
NC
6085@ifset ELF
6086@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6087@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6088
c1253627 6089@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6090@cindex Section Stack
6091This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6092@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6093@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6094(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6095
e9863d7f
DJ
6096This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6097top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6098subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6099@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6100as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6101@end ifset
6102
252b5132
RH
6103@node Quad
6104@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6105
6106@cindex @code{quad} directive
6107@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6108each bignum, it emits
6109@ifclear bignum-16
6110an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6111warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6112@cindex eight-byte integer
6113@cindex integer, 8-byte
6114
6115The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6116hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6117@end ifclear
6118@ifset bignum-16
6119a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6120warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6121@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6122@cindex integer, 16-byte
6123@end ifset
6124
05e9452c
AM
6125@node Reloc
6126@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6127
6128@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6129Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6130@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6131the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6132symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6133@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6134absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6135targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6136relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6137section.
6138
252b5132
RH
6139@node Rept
6140@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6141
6142@cindex @code{rept} directive
6143Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6144@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6145
6146For example, assembling
6147
6148@example
6149 .rept 3
6150 .long 0
6151 .endr
6152@end example
6153
6154is equivalent to assembling
6155
6156@example
6157 .long 0
6158 .long 0
6159 .long 0
6160@end example
6161
6162@node Sbttl
6163@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6164
6165@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6166@cindex subtitles for listings
6167@cindex listing control: subtitle
6168Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6169title line) when generating assembly listings.
6170
6171This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6172it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6173
6174@ifset COFF
6175@node Scl
6176@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6177
6178@cindex @code{scl} directive
6179@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6180@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6181Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6182used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6183whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6184symbolic debugging information.
6185@ifset BOUT
6186
6187The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6188configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6189accepts this directive but ignores it.
6190@end ifset
6191@end ifset
6192
c1253627 6193@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6194@node Section
c1253627 6195@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6196
252b5132
RH
6197@cindex named section
6198Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6199named @var{name}.
6200
6201This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6202named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6203with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6204
c1253627
NC
6205@ifset COFF
6206@ifset ELF
6207@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6208@subheading COFF Version
6209@end ifset
6210
6211@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6212For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6213ways:
c91d2e08 6214
252b5132
RH
6215@smallexample
6216.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6217.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6218@end smallexample
6219
6220If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6221section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6222@table @code
6223@item b
6224bss section (uninitialized data)
6225@item n
6226section is not loaded
6227@item w
6228writable section
6229@item d
6230data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6231@item e
6232exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6233@item r
6234read-only section
6235@item x
6236executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6237@item s
6238shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6239@item a
6240ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6241@item y
6242section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6243@item 0-9
6244single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6245@end table
6246
6247If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6248the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6249loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6250from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6251will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6252
6253If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6254taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6255@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6256
6257@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6258@ifset COFF
6259@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6260@subheading ELF Version
6261@end ifset
6262
c91d2e08
NC
6263@cindex Section Stack
6264This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6265@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6266(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6267@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6268
c1253627 6269@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6270For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6271
252b5132 6272@smallexample
7047dd1e 6273.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6274@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6275
451133ce
NP
6276@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6277@kindex --sectname-subst
6278@cindex section name substitution
6279If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6280argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6281at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6282
6283@smallexample
6284.macro exception_code
6285.section %S.exception
6286[exception code here]
6287.previous
6288.endm
6289
6290.text
6291[code]
6292exception_code
6293[...]
6294
6295.section .init
6296[init code]
6297exception_code
6298[...]
6299@end smallexample
6300
6301The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6302@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6303This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6304tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6305need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6306macros just for that purpose.
6307
252b5132 6308The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6309combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6310@table @code
6311@item a
6312section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6313@item e
6314section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6315@item w
6316section is writable
6317@item x
6318section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6319@item M
6320section is mergeable
6321@item S
6322section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6323@item G
6324section is a member of a section group
6325@item T
6326section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6327@item ?
6328section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6329@end table
6330
6331The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6332@table @code
6333@item @@progbits
6334section contains data
6335@item @@nobits
6336section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6337@item @@note
6338section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6339@item @@init_array
6340section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6341@item @@fini_array
6342section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6343@item @@preinit_array
6344section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6345@end table
6346
10b016c2
PB
6347Many targets only support the first three section types.
6348
ececec60
NC
6349Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6350ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6351@code{%} character.
6352
22fe14ad 6353If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6354be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6355
6356@smallexample
6357.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6358@end smallexample
6359
6360Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6361constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6362@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6363@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6364the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6365absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6366which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6367@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6368@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6369
6370If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6371be present along with an additional field like this:
6372
6373@smallexample
6374.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6375@end smallexample
6376
6377The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6378particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6379@table @code
6380@item comdat
6381indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6382@item .gnu.linkonce
6383an alias for comdat
6384@end table
6385
96e9638b 6386Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6387the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6388
6389@smallexample
6390.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6391@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6392
01642c12
RM
6393If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6394@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6395present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6396this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6397@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6398If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6399
252b5132
RH
6400If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6401the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6402none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6403executable. The section will contain data.
6404
6405For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6406directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6407
252b5132
RH
6408@smallexample
6409.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6410@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6411
252b5132
RH
6412Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6413separated flags:
6414@table @code
6415@item #alloc
6416section is allocatable
6417@item #write
6418section is writable
6419@item #execinstr
6420section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6421@item #exclude
6422section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6423@item #tls
6424section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6425@end table
c91d2e08 6426
e9863d7f
DJ
6427This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6428contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6429some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6430work.
c1253627
NC
6431@end ifset
6432@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6433
6434@node Set
6435@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6436
6437@cindex @code{set} directive
6438@cindex symbol value, setting
6439Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6440changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6441@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6442flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6443
5d239759
NC
6444You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6445values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6446involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6447being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6448addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6449final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6450the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6451different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6452
6453If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6454file is the last value stored into it.
6455
3c9b82ba
NC
6456@ifset Z80
6457On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6458@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6459@end ifset
6460
252b5132
RH
6461@node Short
6462@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6463
6464@cindex @code{short} directive
6465@ifset GENERIC
6466@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6467@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6468
6469In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6470numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6471@end ifset
6472@ifclear GENERIC
6473@ifset W16
6474@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6475@end ifset
6476@ifset W32
6477This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6478a 16 bit number for each.
6479@end ifset
6480@end ifclear
6481
6482@node Single
6483@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6484
6485@cindex @code{single} directive
6486@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6487This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6488has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6489@ifset GENERIC
6490The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6491@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6492@end ifset
6493@ifclear GENERIC
6494@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6495On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6496numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6497@end ifset
6498@end ifclear
6499
c1253627 6500@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6501@node Size
c1253627 6502@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6503
c1253627
NC
6504This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6505
6506@ifset COFF
6507@ifset ELF
6508@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6509@subheading COFF Version
6510@end ifset
6511
6512@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6513For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6514@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6515
6516@smallexample
6517.size @var{expression}
6518@end smallexample
252b5132 6519
c91d2e08 6520@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6521@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6522@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6523ignores it.
6524@end ifset
c1253627 6525@end ifset
c91d2e08 6526
c1253627
NC
6527@ifset ELF
6528@ifset COFF
6529@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6530@subheading ELF Version
6531@end ifset
6532
6533@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6534For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6535
c1253627
NC
6536@smallexample
6537.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6538@end smallexample
6539
6540This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6541The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6542arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6543symbols.
c1253627
NC
6544@end ifset
6545@end ifset
252b5132 6546
252b5132
RH
6547@ifclear no-space-dir
6548@node Skip
6549@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6550
6551@cindex @code{skip} directive
6552@cindex filling memory
6553This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6554@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6555@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6556@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6557@end ifclear
252b5132 6558
ccf8a69b
BW
6559@node Sleb128
6560@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6561
6562@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6563@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6564compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6565symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6566
884f0d36 6567@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6568@node Space
6569@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6570
6571@cindex @code{space} directive
6572@cindex filling memory
6573This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6574@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6575and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6576as @samp{.skip}.
6577
6578@ifset HPPA
6579@quotation
6580@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6581targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6582Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6583@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6584for a summary.
6585@end quotation
6586@end ifset
6587@end ifclear
6588
252b5132
RH
6589@ifset have-stabs
6590@node Stab
6591@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6592
6593@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6594@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6595There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6596All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6597The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6598cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6599Up to five fields are required:
6600
6601@table @var
6602@item string
6603This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6604@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6605debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6606using this field.
6607
6608@item type
6609An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6610this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6611and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6612
6613@item other
6614An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6615low 8 bits of this expression.
6616
6617@item desc
6618An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6619bits of this expression.
6620
6621@item value
6622An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6623@end table
6624
6625If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6626or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6627you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6628compatible with earlier assemblers!
6629
6630@table @code
6631@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6632@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6633
6634The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6635It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6636null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6637strings.
6638
6639The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6640relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6641is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6642assembled.
6643
6644@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6645@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6646The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6647
6648@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6649@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6650All five fields are specified.
6651@end table
6652@end ifset
6653@c end have-stabs
6654
6655@node String
38a57ae7 6656@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6657"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6658
6659@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6660@cindex string8, copying to object file
6661@cindex string16, copying to object file
6662@cindex string32, copying to object file
6663@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6664@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6665@cindex @code{string8} directive
6666@cindex @code{string16} directive
6667@cindex @code{string32} directive
6668@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6669
6670Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6671one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6672particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6673You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6674
01642c12 6675The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6676the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6677copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6678are stored in target endianness byte order.
6679
6680Example:
6681@smallexample
6682 .string32 "BYE"
6683expands to:
6684 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6685 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6686@end smallexample
6687
6688
252b5132
RH
6689@node Struct
6690@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6691
6692@cindex @code{struct} directive
6693Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6694which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6695@smallexample
6696 .struct 0
6697field1:
6698 .struct field1 + 4
6699field2:
6700 .struct field2 + 4
6701field3:
6702@end smallexample
6703This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6704@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6705value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6706use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6707before further assembly.
6708
c91d2e08
NC
6709@ifset ELF
6710@node SubSection
6711@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6712
c1253627 6713@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6714@cindex Section Stack
6715This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6716@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6717@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6718(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6719
6720This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6721section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6722in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6723@end ifset
6724
252b5132
RH
6725@ifset ELF
6726@node Symver
6727@section @code{.symver}
6728@cindex @code{symver} directive
6729@cindex symbol versioning
6730@cindex versions of symbols
6731Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6732within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6733typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6734There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6735into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6736shared library.
6737
79082ff0 6738For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6739@smallexample
6740.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6741@end smallexample
339681c0 6742If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6743being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6744alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6745just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6746permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6747of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6748itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6749have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6750file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6751function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6752the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6753building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6754symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6755nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6756
6757If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6758references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6759reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6760symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6761
6762Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6763@smallexample
6764.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6765@end smallexample
6766In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6767the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6768difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6769references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6770
6771The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6772@smallexample
6773.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6774@end smallexample
6775When @var{name} is not defined within the
6776file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6777@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6778name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6779@end ifset
6780
6781@ifset COFF
6782@node Tag
6783@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6784
6785@cindex COFF structure debugging
6786@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6787@cindex @code{tag} directive
6788This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6789information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6790@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6791definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6792@ifset BOUT
6793
6794@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6795@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6796ignores it.
6797@end ifset
6798@end ifset
6799
6800@node Text
6801@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6802
6803@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6804Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6805the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6806expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6807is used.
6808
6809@node Title
6810@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6811
6812@cindex @code{title} directive
6813@cindex listing control: title line
6814Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6815source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6816
6817This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6818it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6819
c1253627 6820@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6821@node Type
c1253627
NC
6822@section @code{.type}
6823
6824This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6825
6826@ifset COFF
6827@ifset ELF
6828@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6829@subheading COFF Version
6830@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6831
6832@cindex COFF symbol type
6833@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6834@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6835For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6836@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6837
6838@smallexample
6839.type @var{int}
6840@end smallexample
6841
6842This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6843entry.
252b5132 6844
c91d2e08 6845@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6846@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6847@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6848directive but ignores it.
6849@end ifset
c1253627 6850@end ifset
c91d2e08 6851
c1253627
NC
6852@ifset ELF
6853@ifset COFF
6854@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6855@subheading ELF Version
6856@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6857
6858@cindex ELF symbol type
6859@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6860@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6861For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6862
6863@smallexample
6864.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6865@end smallexample
6866
6867This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6868function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6869supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6870compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6871
6872Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6873@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6874below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6875the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6876maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6877assemblers.
6878
6879The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6880
6881@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6882 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6883 .type <name>,#<type>
6884 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6885 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6886 .type <name>,"<type>"
6887@end smallexample
6888
6889The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6890
5671778d
NC
6891@table @gcctabopt
6892@item STT_FUNC
6893@itemx function
6894Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6895
d8045f23
NC
6896@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6897@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6898Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6899processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6900
5671778d
NC
6901@item STT_OBJECT
6902@itemx object
6903Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6904
6905@item STT_TLS
6906@itemx tls_object
6907Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6908
6909@item STT_COMMON
6910@itemx common
6911Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6912
6913@item STT_NOTYPE
6914@itemx notype
6915Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6916
3e7a7d11
NC
6917@item gnu_unique_object
6918Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6919will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6920name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6921systems).
3e7a7d11 6922
5671778d
NC
6923@end table
6924
6925Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6926
c1253627
NC
6927@end ifset
6928@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6929
6930@node Uleb128
6931@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6932
6933@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6934@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6935compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6936symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6937
6938@ifset COFF
6939@node Val
6940@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6941
6942@cindex @code{val} directive
6943@cindex COFF value attribute
6944@cindex value attribute, COFF
6945This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6946records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6947entry.
6948@ifset BOUT
6949
a4fb0134 6950@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6951configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6952@end ifset
6953@end ifset
6954
2e13b764 6955@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6956@node Version
6957@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6958
c1253627 6959@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6960This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6961formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6962@end ifset
2e13b764 6963
c91d2e08
NC
6964@ifset ELF
6965@node VTableEntry
6966@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6967
653cfe85 6968@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6969This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6970@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6971
c91d2e08
NC
6972@node VTableInherit
6973@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6974
653cfe85 6975@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6976This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6977@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6978parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6979parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6980@end ifset
2e13b764 6981
d190d046
HPN
6982@node Warning
6983@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6984@cindex warning directive
6985Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6986(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6987
c91d2e08
NC
6988@node Weak
6989@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6990
c1253627 6991@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6992This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6993@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6994
01642c12 6995On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6996directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6997@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6998
977cdf5a 6999On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7000When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7001alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7002
06e77878
AO
7003@node Weakref
7004@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7005
7006@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7007This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7008be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7009If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7010will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7011symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7012
7013The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7014assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7015symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7016resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7017had the references to the alias removed.
7018
7019The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7020within the assembler.
7021
252b5132
RH
7022@node Word
7023@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7024
7025@cindex @code{word} directive
7026This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7027separated by commas.
7028@ifclear GENERIC
7029@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7030For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7031@end ifset
7032@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7033For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7034@end ifset
7035@end ifclear
7036@ifset GENERIC
7037
7038The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7039depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7040@end ifset
7041
7042@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7043@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7044@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7045@cindex difference tables altered
7046@cindex altered difference tables
7047@quotation
7048@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7049@end quotation
7050
7051@ifset GENERIC
7052Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7053addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7054interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7055@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7056
7057@end ifset
7058In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7059@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7060Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7061compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7062directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7063@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7064creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7065This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7066first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7067of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7068table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7069contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7070@code{sym2}.
7071
7072If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7073secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7074@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7075long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7076and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7077minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7078entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7079
7080@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7081@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7082@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7083assembly language programmers.
7084@end ifset
7085@end ifset
7086@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7087
7ce98c16
NC
7088@ifclear no-space-dir
7089@node Zero
7090@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7091
7092@cindex @code{zero} directive
7093@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7094This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7095expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7096so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7097instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7098@end ifclear
7099
252b5132
RH
7100@node Deprecated
7101@section Deprecated Directives
7102
7103@cindex deprecated directives
7104@cindex obsolescent directives
7105One day these directives won't work.
7106They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7107@table @t
7108@item .abort
7109@item .line
7110@end table
7111
3a99f02f
DJ
7112@ifset ELF
7113@node Object Attributes
7114@chapter Object Attributes
7115@cindex object attributes
7116
7117@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7118into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7119Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7120point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7121requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7122passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7123hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7124generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7125newer generation at run-time.
7126
7127This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7128@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7129time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7130correctly.
7131
7132Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7133attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7134string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7135and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7136or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7137attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7138
7139Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7140The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7141
7142@menu
7143* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7144* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7145@end menu
7146
7147@node GNU Object Attributes
7148@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7149
7150The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7151with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7152
7153Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7154its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7155an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
71562} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7157architecture-dependent ones.
7158
7159@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7160
7161These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7162
7163@table @r
7164@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7165The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7166the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7167then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7168than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7169arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7170@end table
7171
7172@subsection MIPS Attributes
7173
7174@table @r
7175@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7176The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7177
7178@itemize @bullet
7179@item
71800 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7181@item
f179c512
MF
71821 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7183double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7184@item
71852 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7186@item
71873 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7188@item
f179c512
MF
71894 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7190floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7191number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7192@item
71935 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7194with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7195general-purpose registers.
7196@item
71976 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7198registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7199@item
72007 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7201registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7202direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7203@end itemize
7204@end table
7205
7206@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7207
7208@table @r
7209@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7210The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7211
7212@itemize @bullet
7213@item
72140 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7215@item
3c7b9897 72161 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7217@item
72182 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7219@item
72203 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7221@end itemize
7222
7223@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7224The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7225
7226@itemize @bullet
7227@item
72280 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7229@item
72301 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7231@item
72322 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7233@item
72343 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7235@end itemize
7236@end table
7237
643f7afb
AK
7238@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7239
7240@table @r
7241@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7242The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7243
7244@itemize @bullet
7245@item
72460 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7247@item
72481 for files using software vector ABI.
7249@item
72502 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7251@end itemize
7252@end table
7253
3a99f02f
DJ
7254@node Defining New Object Attributes
7255@section Defining New Object Attributes
7256
7257If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7258will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7259mailing list.
7260
7261@itemize @bullet
7262@item
7263This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7264@item
7265The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7266@item
7267The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7268and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7269@item
7270Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7271@item
7272@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7273@item
7274GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7275@end itemize
7276
7277@end ifset
7278
252b5132
RH
7279@ifset GENERIC
7280@node Machine Dependencies
7281@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7282
7283@cindex machine dependencies
7284The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7285each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7286vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7287directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7288assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7289@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7290optimization.
7291
7292This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7293include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7294subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7295
7296@menu
a06ea964
NC
7297@ifset AARCH64
7298* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7299@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7300@ifset ALPHA
7301* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7302@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7303@ifset ARC
7304* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7305@end ifset
7306@ifset ARM
7307* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7308@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7309@ifset AVR
7310* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7312@ifset Blackfin
7313* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7314@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7315@ifset CR16
7316* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7317@end ifset
8bf549a8 7318@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7319* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7321@ifset D10V
7322* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
7324@ifset D30V
7325* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7327@ifset EPIPHANY
7328* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
252b5132 7330@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7331* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7332@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7333@ifset HPPA
7334* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7335@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7336@ifset I370
7337* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7338@end ifset
252b5132 7339@ifset I80386
55b62671 7340* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7341@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7342@ifset I860
7343* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7344@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7345@ifset I960
7346* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7347@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7348@ifset IA64
7349* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7350@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7351@ifset IP2K
7352* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7353@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7354@ifset LM32
7355* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7356@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7357@ifset M32C
7358* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7359@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7360@ifset M32R
7361* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7362@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7363@ifset M680X0
7364* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7365@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7366@ifset M68HC11
7367* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7368@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7369@ifset METAG
7370* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7371@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7372@ifset MICROBLAZE
7373* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7374@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7375@ifset MIPS
7376* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7377@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7378@ifset MMIX
7379* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7380@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7381@ifset MSP430
7382* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7383@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7384@ifset NDS32
7385* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7386@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7387@ifset NIOSII
7388* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7389@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7390@ifset NS32K
7391* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7392@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7393@ifset PDP11
7394* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7395@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7396@ifset PJ
7397* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7398@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7399@ifset PPC
7400* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7401@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7402@ifset RL78
7403* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7404@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7405@ifset RX
7406* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7407@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7408@ifset S390
7409* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7410@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7411@ifset SCORE
7412* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7413@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7414@ifset SH
7415* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7416* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7417@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7418@ifset SPARC
7419* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7420@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7421@ifset TIC54X
7422* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7423@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7424@ifset TIC6X
7425* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7426@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7427@ifset TILEGX
7428* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7429@end ifset
7430@ifset TILEPRO
7431* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7432@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7433@ifset V850
7434* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7435@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7436@ifset VAX
7437* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
7439@ifset VISIUM
7440* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7442@ifset XGATE
7443* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7444@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7445@ifset XSTORMY16
7446* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7448@ifset XTENSA
7449* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7450@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7451@ifset Z80
7452* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7453@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7454@ifset Z8000
7455* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7457@end menu
7458
7459@lowersections
7460@end ifset
7461
7462@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7463@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7464@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7465@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7466@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7467@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7468@c in both conditional blocks.
7469
a06ea964
NC
7470@ifset AARCH64
7471@include c-aarch64.texi
7472@end ifset
7473
625e1353
RH
7474@ifset ALPHA
7475@include c-alpha.texi
7476@end ifset
7477
7478@ifset ARC
7479@include c-arc.texi
7480@end ifset
7481
252b5132
RH
7482@ifset ARM
7483@include c-arm.texi
7484@end ifset
7485
8473f7a4
DC
7486@ifset AVR
7487@include c-avr.texi
7488@end ifset
7489
3b4e1885 7490@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7491@include c-bfin.texi
7492@end ifset
7493
3d3d428f
NC
7494@ifset CR16
7495@include c-cr16.texi
7496@end ifset
7497
328eb32e
HPN
7498@ifset CRIS
7499@include c-cris.texi
7500@end ifset
7501
c2dcd04e 7502@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7503@ifclear GENERIC
7504@node Machine Dependencies
7505@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7506
c2dcd04e 7507The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7508and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7509chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7510family.
7511
7512@menu
c2dcd04e 7513* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7514* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7515@end menu
7516@lowersections
7517@end ifclear
7518@end ifset
7519
7520@ifset D10V
7521@include c-d10v.texi
7522@end ifset
7523
7524@ifset D30V
7525@include c-d30v.texi
7526@end ifset
7527
cfb8c092
NC
7528@ifset EPIPHANY
7529@include c-epiphany.texi
7530@end ifset
7531
252b5132
RH
7532@ifset H8/300
7533@include c-h8300.texi
7534@end ifset
7535
252b5132
RH
7536@ifset HPPA
7537@include c-hppa.texi
7538@end ifset
7539
5b93d8bb
AM
7540@ifset I370
7541@include c-i370.texi
7542@end ifset
7543
252b5132
RH
7544@ifset I80386
7545@include c-i386.texi
7546@end ifset
7547
e3308d0d
JE
7548@ifset I860
7549@include c-i860.texi
7550@end ifset
7551
252b5132
RH
7552@ifset I960
7553@include c-i960.texi
7554@end ifset
7555
9e32ca89
NC
7556@ifset IA64
7557@include c-ia64.texi
7558@end ifset
7559
a40cbfa3
NC
7560@ifset IP2K
7561@include c-ip2k.texi
7562@end ifset
7563
84e94c90
NC
7564@ifset LM32
7565@include c-lm32.texi
7566@end ifset
7567
49f58d10
JB
7568@ifset M32C
7569@include c-m32c.texi
7570@end ifset
7571
ec694b89
NC
7572@ifset M32R
7573@include c-m32r.texi
7574@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7575
7576@ifset M680X0
7577@include c-m68k.texi
7578@end ifset
7579
60bcf0fa
NC
7580@ifset M68HC11
7581@include c-m68hc11.texi
7582@end ifset
7583
a3c62988
NC
7584@ifset METAG
7585@include c-metag.texi
7586@end ifset
7587
01642c12 7588@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7589@include c-microblaze.texi
7590@end ifset
7591
252b5132
RH
7592@ifset MIPS
7593@include c-mips.texi
7594@end ifset
7595
3c3bdf30
NC
7596@ifset MMIX
7597@include c-mmix.texi
7598@end ifset
7599
2469cfa2
NC
7600@ifset MSP430
7601@include c-msp430.texi
7602@end ifset
7603
35c08157
KLC
7604@ifset NDS32
7605@include c-nds32.texi
7606@end ifset
7607
36591ba1
SL
7608@ifset NIOSII
7609@include c-nios2.texi
7610@end ifset
7611
252b5132
RH
7612@ifset NS32K
7613@include c-ns32k.texi
7614@end ifset
7615
e135f41b
NC
7616@ifset PDP11
7617@include c-pdp11.texi
7618@end ifset
7619
041dd5a9
ILT
7620@ifset PJ
7621@include c-pj.texi
7622@end ifset
7623
418c1742
MG
7624@ifset PPC
7625@include c-ppc.texi
7626@end ifset
7627
99c513f6
DD
7628@ifset RL78
7629@include c-rl78.texi
7630@end ifset
7631
046d31c2
NC
7632@ifset RX
7633@include c-rx.texi
7634@end ifset
7635
11c19e16
MS
7636@ifset S390
7637@include c-s390.texi
7638@end ifset
7639
c0157db4
NC
7640@ifset SCORE
7641@include c-score.texi
7642@end ifset
7643
252b5132
RH
7644@ifset SH
7645@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7646@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7647@end ifset
7648
7649@ifset SPARC
7650@include c-sparc.texi
7651@end ifset
7652
39bec121
TW
7653@ifset TIC54X
7654@include c-tic54x.texi
7655@end ifset
7656
40b36596
JM
7657@ifset TIC6X
7658@include c-tic6x.texi
7659@end ifset
7660
aa137e4d
NC
7661@ifset TILEGX
7662@include c-tilegx.texi
7663@end ifset
7664
7665@ifset TILEPRO
7666@include c-tilepro.texi
7667@end ifset
7668
b6605ddd
EB
7669@ifset V850
7670@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7671@end ifset
7672
7673@ifset VAX
7674@include c-vax.texi
7675@end ifset
7676
b6605ddd
EB
7677@ifset VISIUM
7678@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7679@end ifset
7680
f6c1a2d5
NC
7681@ifset XGATE
7682@include c-xgate.texi
7683@end ifset
7684
6753e72f
NC
7685@ifset XSTORMY16
7686@include c-xstormy16.texi
7687@end ifset
7688
e0001a05
NC
7689@ifset XTENSA
7690@include c-xtensa.texi
7691@end ifset
7692
b6605ddd
EB
7693@ifset Z80
7694@include c-z80.texi
7695@end ifset
7696
7697@ifset Z8000
7698@include c-z8k.texi
7699@end ifset
7700
252b5132
RH
7701@ifset GENERIC
7702@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7703@raisesections
7704@end ifset
7705
7706@node Reporting Bugs
7707@chapter Reporting Bugs
7708@cindex bugs in assembler
7709@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7710
a4fb0134 7711Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7712
7713Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7714not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7715entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7716Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7717
7718In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7719information that enables us to fix the bug.
7720
7721@menu
7722* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7723* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7724@end menu
7725
7726@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7727@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7728@cindex bug criteria
7729
7730If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7731
7732@itemize @bullet
7733@cindex fatal signal
7734@cindex assembler crash
7735@cindex crash of assembler
7736@item
7737If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7738@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7739
7740@cindex error on valid input
7741@item
a4fb0134 7742If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7743
7744@cindex invalid input
7745@item
a4fb0134 7746If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7747is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7748be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7749
7750@item
7751If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7752of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7753@end itemize
7754
7755@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7756@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7757@cindex bug reports
7758@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7759
7760A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7761you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7762contact that organization first.
7763
7764You can find contact information for many support companies and
7765individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7766distribution.
7767
ad22bfe8 7768@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7769In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7770to @value{BUGURL}.
7771@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7772
7773The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7774@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7775fact or leave it out, state it!
7776
7777Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7778and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7779name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7780not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7781happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7782perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7783the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7784give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7785and the most helpful.
7786
7787Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7788it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7789that the bug has not been reported previously.
7790
7791Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7792bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7793respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7794You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7795
7796To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7797
7798@itemize @bullet
7799@item
a4fb0134 7800The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7801it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7802
7803Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7804the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7805
7806@item
a4fb0134 7807Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7808
7809@item
7810The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7811version number.
7812
7813@item
a4fb0134 7814What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7815``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7816
7817@item
7818The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7819observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7820all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7821
7822If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7823and then we might not encounter the bug.
7824
7825@item
7826A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7827the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7828high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7829when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7830the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7831file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7832@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7833
7834@item
7835A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7836incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7837
a4fb0134 7838Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7839will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7840notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7841make a mistake.
7842
7843Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7844explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7845@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7846library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7847would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7848would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7849expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7850observations.
7851
7852@item
a4fb0134 7853If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7854diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7855option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7856discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7857by line number.
7858
7859The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7860sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7861@end itemize
7862
7863Here are some things that are not necessary:
7864
7865@itemize @bullet
7866@item
7867A description of the envelope of the bug.
7868
7869Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7870which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7871changes will not affect it.
7872
7873This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7874will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7875with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7876We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7877
7878Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7879of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7880output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7881less time, and so on.
7882
7883However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7884report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7885
7886@item
7887A patch for the bug.
7888
7889A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7890the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7891a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7892to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7893
a4fb0134 7894Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7895construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7896the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7897one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7898
7899And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7900patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7901help us to understand.
7902
7903@item
7904A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7905
7906Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7907things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7908@end itemize
7909
7910@node Acknowledgements
7911@chapter Acknowledgements
7912
653cfe85 7913If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7914it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7915maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7916@c (October 2012),
7917the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7918
7919Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7920more details?}
7921
7922Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7923information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7924extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7925
7926K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7927many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7928up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7929testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7930including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7931and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7932support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7933port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7934file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7935assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7936
7937Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7938in format-specific I/O modules.
7939
7940The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7941has done much work with it since.
7942
7943The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7944
7945Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7946
7947The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7948University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7949
7950Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7951(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7952(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7953support a.out format.
7954
7be1c489
AM
7955Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7956tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7957Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7958use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7959targets.
7960
7961John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7962simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7963updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7964fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7965remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7966cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7967required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7968
7969Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
797068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7971added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7972PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7973
653cfe85 7974Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7975
7976Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7977
7978Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7979along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7980formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7981the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7982
7983Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7984Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7985Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7986Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7987and some initial 64-bit support).
7988
c1253627 7989Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7990
252b5132
RH
7991Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7992support for openVMS/Alpha.
7993
39bec121
TW
7994Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7995flavors.
7996
e0001a05 7997David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7998Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7999
252b5132
RH
8000Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8001configuration enhancements.
8002
84e94c90
NC
8003Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8004
252b5132
RH
8005Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8006you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8007want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8008intentionally leaving anyone out.
8009
793c5807
NC
8010@node GNU Free Documentation License
8011@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8012@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8013
370b66a1
CD
8014@node AS Index
8015@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8016
8017@printindex cp
8018
252b5132
RH
8019@bye
8020@c Local Variables:
8021@c fill-column: 79
8022@c End:
This page took 1.408232 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.